© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C
PIC16F610/16HV610
PIC16F616/16HV616
Data Sheet
14-Pin, Flash-Based 8-Bit
CMOS Microcontrollers
DS41288C-page ii © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
Information contained in this publication regarding device
applications a nd the like is p ro vid ed only f or yo ur c o n ve nience
and may be supers eded by updates. It is y our res po nsibilit y to
ensure that your application meets with your specifications.
MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY OR
OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE INFORMATION,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION,
QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR PURPOSE. Microchip disclaims all liability
arising from this information and its use. Use of Microchip
devices in life support and/or safety applications is entirely at
the buyer’s risk, and the buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and
hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages, claims,
suits, or expenses resulting from such use. No licenses are
conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any Microchip
intellectual property rights.
Trademarks
The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, Accuron,
dsPIC, KEELOQ, KEELOQ logo, microID, MPLAB, PIC,
PICmic ro, PI C START, PRO MATE, PowerSm art , rfPIC, and
SmartShunt are registered trademark s of Microchip
Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries.
AmpLab, FilterLab, Linear Active Thermistor, Migratable
Memory, MXDEV, MXLAB, PS logo, SEEV AL, SmartSensor
and The Embedded Control Solutions Company are
registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated
in the U.S.A.
Analog-for-the-Digital Age, Application Maestro, CodeGuard,
dsPICDEM, dsPICDEM.net, dsPICworks, ECAN,
ECONOMONITOR, FanSense, FlexROM, fuzzyLAB,
In-Circuit Serial Programming, ICSP, ICEPIC, Mindi, MiWi,
MPASM, MPLAB Certified logo, MPLIB, MPLINK, PICkit,
PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PICLAB, PICtail, PowerCal,
PowerInf o, PowerMate, PowerTool, REAL ICE , rfLAB,
rfPICDEM, Select Mode, Smart Serial, SmartTel, Total
Endurance, UNI/O, WiperLock and ZENA are trademarks of
Microchip Technology Incorporat ed in the U.S.A. and other
countries.
SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated
in the U.S.A.
All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their
respective companies.
© 2007, Microchip Technology Incorporated, Printed in the
U.S.A., All Rights Reserved.
Printed on recycled paper.
Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices:
Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet.
Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the
intended manner and under normal conditions.
There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our
knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip’s Data
Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property.
Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrit y of their code.
Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not
mean that we are guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable.”
Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our
products. Attempts to break Microchip’s code protection feature may be a violat ion of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If suc h ac t s
allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act.
Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2002 certification for its worldwide
headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and
T empe, Arizona, Gresham, Oregon and Mountain View , California. The
Company’s quality system processes and procedures are for its PIC®
MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs, KEELOQ® code hopping devices, Serial
EEPROMs, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and analog
products. In addition, Microchip’s quality system for the design and
manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 1
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
High-Performance RISC CPU:
Only 35 instructions to learn:
- All single-cycle instructions except branches
Operati ng spe ed:
- DC – 20 MHz oscillator/c lock input
- DC – 200 ns instruction cycle
Interrupt capability
8-level deep hardware stack
Direct, Indirect and Relative Addressing modes
Special Microcontroller Features:
Precision Internal Oscillator:
- Factory calibrated to ±1%, typical
- User selectable frequency: 4 MHz or 8 MHz
Power-Saving Sleep mode
Volta ge rang e:
- PIC16F610/616: 2.0V to 5.5V
- PIC16HV610/616: 2.0V to user defined
maximum (see note)
Industri al and Extended Tempe ratu r e range
Power-on Reset (POR)
Power-up Ti mer (PWRT) and Oscillator Start-up
Timer (OST)
Brown-out Reset (BOR)
Watchdog Timer (WDT) with independent
oscilla tor for reliable operation
Multiplexed Master Clear with pull-up/input pin
Programmable code protection
High Endurance Flash:
- 100,000 writ e Flash endurance
- Flash retention: > 40 years
Low-Power Features:
Standby Current:
- 50 nA @ 2.0V, typical
Operati ng Curren t:
-20μA @ 32 kH z, 2.0V, typical
-220μA @ 4 MHz, 2.0V, typical
Watchdog Timer Current:
-1μA @ 2.0V, typical
Note: Voltage across internal shunt regulator
cannot exc ee d 5V.
Peripheral Feat ures:
Shunt Voltage Regulator (PIC16HV610/616 only):
- 5 volt regulation
- 4 mA to 50 mA shunt range
11 I/O pins and 1 input only
- High current source/sink for direct LED drive
- Interrupt-on-Change pins
- Individually programmable weak pull-ups
Analog Compar ator module with:
- Two analog comparators
- Programmable on-chip voltage reference
(CVREF) module (% of VDD)
- Fixed Voltage Reference
- Comparator inputs and outputs externally
accessible
-SR Latch
- Built-In Hysteresis (user selectable)
Timer0: 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit
progra mmab le pres caler
Enhanced Timer1:
- 16-bit timer/counter with prescaler
- External Timer1 Ga te (c ou nt enab le)
- Option to use OSC1 and OSC2 in LP mode
as Timer1 oscillator if INTOSC mode
selected
- Timer1 oscillator
In-Circuit Serial ProgrammingTM (ICSPTM) via two
pins
PIC16F616/16HV616 only:
A/D Converter:
- 10-bit resolution
- 8 external input channels
- 2 internal reference channels
Timer2: 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period
register, prescaler and postscaler
Enhanced Capture, Compare, PWM module:
- 16-bit Capture, max. resolution 12.5 ns
- 16-bit Compare, max. resolution 200 ns
- 10-bit PWM with 1, 2 or 4 output channels,
programmable “dead time”, max. frequency
20 kHz
14-Pin Flash-Based, 8-Bit CMOS Microcontrollers
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 2 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F610/16HV610 14-Pin Diagram (PDIP, SOIC, TSSOP)
TABLE 1: PIC16F610/16HV610 14-PIN SUMMARY
Device Program Memory Data Memory I/O 10- bit A/D
(ch) Comparators Timers
8/16-bit Voltage Range
Flash
(words) SRAM (bytes)
PIC16F610 1024 64 11 2 1/1 2.0-5.5V
PIC16HV610 1024 64 11 2 1/1 2.0-user defined
PIC16F616 2048 128 11 8 2 2/1 2.0-5.5V
PIC16HV616 2048 128 11 8 2 2/1 2.0-user defined
I/O Pin Comparators Timer Interrupts Pull-ups Basic
RA0 13 C1IN+ IOC YICSPDAT
RA1 12 C12IN0- IOC Y ICSPCLK
RA2 11 C1OUT T0CKI INT/IOC Y
RA3(1) 4— IOCY
(2) MCLR/VPP
RA4 3 T1G IOC YOSC2/CLKOUT
RA5 2 T1CKI IOC Y OSC1/CLKIN
RC0 10 C2IN+
RC1 9 C12IN1-
RC2 8C12IN2-
RC3 7 C12IN3-
RC4 6C2OUT
RC5 5
1 VDD
—14 VSS
Note 1: Input only.
2: Only when pin is configured fo r external MCLR.
VDD
RA5/T1CKI/OSC1/CLKIN
RA4/T1G/OSC2/CLKOUT
RA3/MCLR/VPP
RC5
RC4/C2OUT
RC3/C12IN3-
VSS
RA0/C1IN+/ICSPDAT
RA1/C12IN0-/ICSPCLK
RA2/T0CKI/INT/C1OUT
RC0/C2IN+
RC1/C12IN1-
RC2/C12IN2-
PIC16F610/16HV610
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
13
12
9
11
10
8
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 3
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
PIC16F616/16HV616 14-Pin Diagram (PDIP, SOIC, TSSOP)
TABLE 2: PIC16F616/16HV616 14-PIN SUMMARY
I/O Pin Analog Comparators Timer CCP Interrupts Pull-ups Basic
RA0 13 AN0 C1IN+ IOC YICSPDAT
RA1 12 AN1/VREF C12IN0- IOC Y ICSPCLK
RA2 11 AN2 C1OUT T0CKI INT/IOC Y
RA3(1) 4— IOCY
(2) MCLR/VPP
RA4 3AN3 T1G IOC YOSC2/CLKOUT
RA5 2 T1CKI IOC Y OSC1/CLKIN
RC0 10 AN4 C2IN+
RC1 9 AN5 C12IN1-
RC2 8AN6 C12IN2- P1D
RC3 7 AN7 C12IN3- P1C —
RC4 6 C2OUT P1B
RC5 5 CCP1/P1A
1 VDD
—14 VSS
Note 1: Input only.
2: Only when pin is configured fo r external MCLR.
VDD
RA5/T1CKI/OSC1/CLKIN
RA4/AN3/T1G/OSC2/CLKOUT
RA3/MCLR/VPP
RC5/CCP1/P1A
RC4/C2OUT/P1B
RC3/AN7/C12IN3-/P1C
VSS
RA0/AN0/C1IN+/ICSPDAT
RA1/AN1/C12IN0-/VREF/ICSPCLK
RA2/AN2/T0CKI/INT/C1OUT
RC0/AN4/C2IN+
RC1/AN5/C12IN1-
RC2/AN6/C12IN2-/P1D
PIC16F616/16HV616
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
13
12
9
11
10
8
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 4 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F610/16HV610 16-Pin Diagram (QFN)
TABLE 3: PIC16F610/16HV610 16-PIN SUMMARY
I/O Pin Comparators Timers Interrupts Pull-ups Basic
RA0 12 C1IN+ IOC YICSPDAT
RA1 11 C12IN0- IOC Y ICSPCLK
RA2 10 C1OUT T0CKI INT/IOC Y
RA3(1) 3— IOCY
(2) MCLR/VPP
RA4 2 T1G IOC YOSC2/CLKOUT
RA5 1 T1CKI IOC Y OSC1/CLKIN
RC0 9C2IN+
RC1 8 C12IN1-
RC2 7C12IN2-
RC3 6 C12IN3-
RC4 5C2OUT
RC5 4
16 VDD
—13 VSS
Note 1: Input only.
2: Only when pin is configured fo r external MCLR.
1
2
3
49
10
11
12
5
6
7
8
16
15
14
13
PIC16F610/
PIC16HV610
RA5/T1CKI/OSC1/CLKIN
RA4/T1G/OSC2/CLKOUT
RA3/MCLR/VPP
RC5
VDD
NC
NC
VSS
RA0/C1IN+/ICSPDAT
RA1/C12IN0-/ICSPCLK
RA2/T0CKI/INT/C1OUT
RC0/C2IN1+
RC4/C2OUT
RC3/C12IN3-
RC2/C12IN2-
RC1/C12IN1-
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 5
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
PIC16F616/16HV616 16-Pin Diagram (QFN)
TABLE 4: PIC16F616/16HV616 16-PIN SUMMARY
I/O Pin Analog Comparators Timers CCP Interrupts Pull-ups Basic
RA0 12 AN0 C1IN+ IOC YICSPDAT
RA1 11 AN1/VREF C12IN0- IOC Y ICSPCLK
RA2 10 AN2 C1OUT T0CKI INT/IOC Y
RA3(1) 3— IOCY
(2) MCLR/VPP
RA4 2AN3 T1G IOC YOSC2/CLKOUT
RA5 1 T1CKI IOC Y OSC1/CLKIN
RC0 9AN4 C2IN+
RC1 8 AN5 C12IN1-
RC2 7AN6 C12IN2- P1D
RC3 6 AN7 C12IN3- P1C —
RC4 5 C2OUT P1B
RC5 4 CCP1/P1A
16 VDD
—13 VSS
Note 1: Input only.
2: Only when pin is configured fo r external MCLR.
1
2
3
49
10
11
12
5
6
7
8
16
15
14
13
PIC16F616/
PIC16HV616
RA5/T1CKI/OSC1/CLKIN
RA4/AN3/T1G/OSC2/CLKOUT
RA3/MCLR/VPP
RC5/CCP/P1A
VDD
NC
NC
VSS
RA0/AN0/C1IN+/ICSPDAT
RA1/AN1/C12IN0-/VREF/ICSPCLK
RA2/AN2/T0CKI/INT/C1OUT
RC0/AN4/C2IN1+
RC4/C2OUT/P1B
RC3/AN7/C12IN3-/P1C
RC2/AN6/C12IN2-/P1D
RC1/AN5/C12IN1-
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 6 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
Table of Contents
1.0 Device Overview .......................................................................................................................................................................... 7
2.0 Memory O rganization................................................................................................................................................................. 11
3.0 Oscillator Module ........................................................................................................................................................................ 25
4.0 I/O Ports ....... ....................... ....................... ....................... ....................... .................................................................................. 31
5.0 Timer0 Module ........................................................................................................................................................................... 43
6.0 Timer1 Module with Gate Control............................................................................................................................................... 47
7.0 Timer2 Module ........................................................................................................................................................................... 53
8.0 Comparator Module..................... ......... .. .... .... .. ......... .. .... .... .. ......... .... .. .... .... ....... .... .. .... .... ......................................................... 55
9.0 Analog-to-Digital Converter (AD C) Module ................................................................................................................................ 71
10.0 Enhanc ed Capture/Com pare/PW M (With Auto-Shutdown and Dead Band) Module................................................................. 83
11.0 Voltage Regulator................ .. .... .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. .. .... .. ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. .... ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. ........................................................... 105
12.0 Specia l Features of the CPU...................... ................... ............................. ................... ........................................................... 106
13.0 Instruction Set Summary.......................................................................................................................................................... 125
14.0 Development Support............................................................................................................................................................... 135
15.0 Electrical Specifications ............................................................................................................................................................ 139
16.0 DC and AC Characteristics Graphs and Tables..................................... .... .. ......... .... .... .. ......... .... .... ........................................ 161
17.0 Packagin g In fo r mation........... ................... ................... ............................. ................... ............................................................. 163
Appendix A: Data Sheet Revision History..................................... .... ......... .... .... .... ......... .... .... .... ....................................................... 169
Appendix B: Migrating from other PIC® Devices................. ............................. ................... ................... ................... ......................... 169
Index .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 171
The Micro chip Web Site................ .................................. ....................... ....................... ..................................................................... 175
Customer Change Notification Service . .. ............... ...... ............. ...... ............... ...... ............... .... ........................................................... 175
Customer Support.......... ............. ...... .... ............. ...... .... ............. ...... ............. ...... .... ............................................................................ 175
Reader Response.............................................................................................................................................................................. 176
Product Identification System............................................................................................................................................................. 177
TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS
It is our intention to provide our valued customers wit h the best docum entation possible to ensure s uccessful use of y our M icrochip
products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and
enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced.
If you have any questions or comments regarding this publication, please contact the Marketing Communications Department via
E-mail at docerrors@microchip.com or fax the Reader Response Form in the back of this data sheet to (480) 792-4150. We
welcome your feedback.
Most Current Data Sheet
To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web sit e at:
http://www.microchip.com
You can det ermine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page.
The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000).
Errata
An errata sheet, describing minor operati onal differences from the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for current
devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revisi on of
silicon and revision of document to which it applies.
To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following:
Microchips Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com
Your local Microchip sales office (see last page)
When contacting a sales office, please sp ecify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are
using.
Customer Noti fic atio n Syst em
Register on our web site at www.microchip.com to receive the most current information on all of our products.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 7
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
1.0 DEVICE OVERVIEW
The PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616 is covered by this
data sheet. It is available in 14-pin PDIP, SOIC, TSSO P
and 16-pin QFN packages.
Block Diagrams and pinout descriptions of the devices
are as follows:
PIC16F610/16HV610 (Figure 1-1, Table 1-1)
PIC16F616/16HV616 (Figure 1-2, Table 1-2)
FIGURE 1-1: PIC16F610/16HV 610 BLOC K DIAGRAM
Flash
Program
Memory
13 Data Bus 8
14
Program
Bus
Instruction Reg
Progra m Counter
RAM
File
Registers
Direct Addr 7
RAM Addr 9
Addr MU X
Indirect
Addr
FSR Reg
STATUS Reg
MUX
ALU
W Reg
Instruction
Decode and
Control
Timing
Generation
OSC1/CLKIN
OSC2/CLKOUT
PORTA
8
8
8
3
8-Level Stack 64 Bytes
1K X 14
(13-Bit)
Power-up
Timer
Oscillator
Start-up Timer
Power-on
Reset
Watchdog
Timer
MCLR VSS
Brown-out
Reset
Timer0
Timer1
RA0
RA1
RA2
RA3
RA4
RA5
2 Analog Comparators
T0CKI
INT
T1CKI
Configuration
Internal
Oscillator
T1G
PORTC
VDD
Block Shunt Regulator
(PIC16HV610 only)
RC0
RC1
RC2
RC3
RC4
RC5
C1IN+
C12IN0-
C12IN1-
C12IN2-
C12IN3-
C1OUT
C2IN+
C2OUT
Comparator Voltage Reference
Fixed Voltage Referenc e
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 8 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 1-2: PIC16F616/1 6HV616 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Flash
Program
Memory
13 Data Bus 8
14
Program
Bus
Instruction Reg
Progra m Counter
RAM
File
Registers
Direct Addr 7
RAM Addr 9
Addr MU X
Indirect
Addr
FSR Reg
STATUS Reg
MUX
ALU
W Reg
Instruction
Decode and
Control
Timing
Generation
OSC1/CLKIN
OSC2/CLKOUT
PORTA
8
8
8
3
8-Level Stack 128 Bytes
2K X 14
(13-Bit)
Power-up
Timer
Oscillator
Start-up Timer
Power-on
Reset
Watchdog
Timer
MCLR VSS
Brown-out
Reset
Timer0
Timer1
RA0
RA1
RA2
RA3
RA4
RA5
2 Analog Comparators
T0CKI
INT
T1CKI
Configuration
Internal
Oscillator
VREF
T1G
PORTC
VDD
Timer2
Block Shunt Regulator
(PIC16HV616 only)
Analog-T o-Digital Converter
RC0
RC1
RC2
RC3
RC4
RC5
AN0
AN1
AN2
AN3
AN4
AN5
AN6
AN7
C1IN+
C12IN0-
C12IN1-
C12IN2-
C12IN3-
C1OUT
C2IN+
C2OUT
ECCP
CCP1/P1A
P1B
P1C
P1D
Comparator Voltage Reference
Fixed Voltage Referenc e
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 9
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
TABLE 1-1: PIC16F610/16HV610 PINOUT DESCRIPTION
Name Function Input
Type Output
Type Description
RA0/C1IN+/ICSPDAT RA0 TTL CMOS PORTA I/O with prog. pull-up and interrupt-on-change
C1IN+ AN Comparator C1 non-inverting input
ICSPDAT ST CMOS Se rial Programming Data I/O
RA1/C12IN0-/ICSPCLK RA1 TTL CMOS PORTA I/O with prog. pull-up and interrupt-on-change
C12IN0- AN Comparat ors C1 and C2 inverting inpu t
ICSPCLK ST Serial Programming Clock
RA2/T0CKI/INT/C1OUT RA2 ST CMOS PORTA I/O with prog. pull-up and interrupt-on-change
T0CKI ST Timer0 clock input
INT ST Ex ter nal Inte rru pt
C1OUT CMOS Comparator C1 output
RA3/MCLR/VPP RA3 TTL PORTA input with interrupt-on-change
MCLR ST Master Clear w/internal pull-up
VPP HV Programming voltage
RA4/T1G/OSC2/CLKOUT RA4 TTL CMOS PORTA I/O with prog. pull-up and interrupt-on-change
T1G ST Timer1 gate (count enable)
OSC2 XTAL Crystal/Resonator
CLKOUT CMOS FOSC/4 output
RA5/T1CKI/OSC1/CLKIN RA5 TTL CMOS PORTA I/O with prog. pull-up and interrupt-on-change
T1CKI ST Timer1 clock input
OSC1 XTAL Crystal/Resonator
CLKIN ST External clock input/RC oscillator connection
RC0/C2IN+ RC0 TTL CMOS POR TC I/O
C2IN+ AN Comparator C2 non-inverting input
RC1/C12IN1- RC1 TTL CMOS PORTC I/O
C12IN1- AN Comparat ors C1 and C2 inverting inpu t
RC2/C12IN2- RC2 TTL CMOS PORTC I/O
C12IN2- AN Comparat ors C1 and C2 inverting inpu t
RC3/C12IN3- RC3 TTL CMOS PORTC I/O
C12IN3- AN Comparat ors C1 and C2 inverting inpu t
RC4/C2OUT RC4 TTL CMOS POR TC I/O
C2OUT CMOS Comparator C2 output
RC5 RC5 TTL CMOS PORTC I/O
VDD VDD Power Positive supply
VSS VSS Power Ground reference
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output HV = High Voltage
ST = Schmitt Trig ger input with CMOS levels TTL = TTL compatible input XTAL = Crystal
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 10 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 1-2: PIC16F616/16HV616 PINOUT DESCRIPTION
Name Function Input
Type Output
Type Description
RA0/AN0/C1IN+/ICSPDAT RA0 TTL CMOS PORTA I/O with prog. pull-up and interrupt-on-change
AN0 AN A/D Channel 0 input
C1IN+ AN Comparator C1 non-inverting input
ICSPDAT ST CMOS Se rial Programming Data I/O
RA1/AN1/C12IN0-/VREF/ICSPCLK RA1 TTL CMOS PORTA I/O with prog. pull-up and interrupt-on-change
AN1 AN A/D Channel 1 input
C12IN0- AN Comparat ors C1 and C2 inverting inpu t
VREF AN External Voltage Reference for A/D
ICSPCLK ST Serial Programming Clock
RA2/AN2/T0CKI/INT/C1OUT RA2 ST CMOS PORTA I/O with prog. pull-up and interrupt-on-change
AN2 AN A/D Channel 2 input
T0CKI ST Timer0 clock input
INT ST Ex ter nal Inte rru pt
C1OUT CMOS Comparator C1 output
RA3/MCLR/VPP RA3 TTL PORTA input with interrupt-on-change
MCLR ST Master Clear w/internal pull-up
VPP HV Programming voltage
RA4/AN3/T1G/OSC2/CLKOUT RA4 TTL CMOS PORTA I/O with prog. pull-up and interrupt-on-change
AN3 AN A/D Channel 3 input
T1G ST Timer1 gate (count enable)
OSC2 XTAL Crystal/Resonator
CLKOUT CMOS FOSC/4 output
RA5/T1CKI/OSC1/CLKIN RA5 TTL CMOS PORTA I/O with prog. pull-up and interrupt-on-change
T1CKI ST Timer1 clock input
OSC1 XTAL Crystal/Resonator
CLKIN ST External clock input/RC oscillator connection
RC0/AN4/C2IN+ RC0 TTL CMOS PORTC I/O
AN4 AN A/D Channel 4 input
C2IN+ AN Comparator C2 non-inverting input
RC1/AN5/C12IN1- RC1 TTL CMOS PORTC I/O
AN5 AN A/D Channel 5 input
C12IN1- AN Comparat ors C1 and C2 inverting inpu t
RC2/AN6/C12IN2-/P1D RC2 TTL CMOS PORTC I/O
AN6 AN A/D Channel 6 input
C12IN2- AN Comparat ors C1 and C2 inverting inpu t
P1D CMOS PWM output
RC3/AN7/C12IN3-/P1C RC3 TTL CMOS PORTC I/O
AN7 AN A/D Channel 7 input
C12IN3- AN Comparat ors C1 and C2 inverting inpu t
P1C CMOS PWM output
RC4/C2OUT/P1B RC4 TTL CMOS PORTC I/O
C2OUT CMOS Comparator C2 output
P1B CMOS PWM output
RC5/CCP1/P1A RC5 TTL CMOS PORTC I/O
CCP1 ST CMOS Capture input/Compare output
P1A CMOS PWM output
VDD VDD Power Positive supply
VSS VSS Power Ground reference
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output HV = High Voltage
ST = Schmitt Trig ger input with CMOS levels TTL = TTL compatible input XTAL = Crystal
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 11
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
2.0 MEMORY ORGANIZATION
2.1 Program Memory Organization
The PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616 has a 13-bit pro-
gram counter capable of addressing an 8k x 14 pro-
gram memory space. Only the first 1K x 14
(0000h-3FF) for the PIC16F610/16HV610 and the first
2K x 14 (0000h-07F Fh) for the PIC16F61 6/16HV616 is
physically implemented. Accessing a location above
these boundaries will cause a wraparound within the
first 1K x 14 sp ac e (PIC 16F610 /16HV610) and 2K x 1 4
space (PIC16F616/16HV616). The Reset vector is at
0000h and the interrupt vector is at 0004h (see
Figure 2-1).
FIGURE 2-1: PROGRAM MEMORY MAP
AND STACK FOR THE
PIC16F610/16HV610
FIGURE 2-2: PROGRAM MEMORY MAP
AND STACK FOR THE
PIC16F616/16HV616
PC<12:0>
13
0000h
0004h
0005h
03FFh
0400h
1FFFh
Stack Level 1
Stack Level 8
Reset V ector
Interrupt Vector
On-chip Program
Memory
CALL, RETURN
RETFIE, RETLW
Stack Level 2
PC<12:0>
13
0000h
0004h
0005h
07FFh
0800h
1FFFh
Stack Level 1
Stack Level 8
Reset V ector
Interrupt Vector
On-chip Program
Memory
CALL, RETURN
RETFIE, RETLW
Stack Level 2
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 12 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
2.2 Data Memory Organization
The data memory (see Figure 2-4) is partitioned into
two banks, which contain the General Purpose
Registers (GPR) and the Special Function Registers
(SFR). The Special Function Registers are located in
the first 32 locations of each bank.
PIC16F610/16HV610 Register locations 40h-7Fh in
Bank 0 are General Purpose Registers, implemented
as static RAM. PIC16F616/16HV616 Register
locations 20h-7Fh in Bank 0 and A0h-BFh in Bank 1
are General Purpose Registers, implemented as static
RAM. Register locations F0h-FFh in Bank 1 point to
addresses 70h-7Fh in Bank 0. All other RAM is
unimpl emented and returns ‘0’ when read. Th e RP0 b it
of the STATU S register is the bank select bit .
RP0
0Bank 0 is selected
1Bank 1 is selected
2.2. 1 GENERAL PU RPOSE REGISTER
FILE
The register file is organized as 64 x 8 in the
PIC16F610/16HV610 and 128 x 8 in the
PIC16F616/16HV616. Each register is accessed,
either d irectly or i ndirec tly, through th e File Selec t Reg-
ister (FSR) (see Section 2.4 “Indirect Addressing,
INDF and FSR Registers”).
2.2.2 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS
The Special Function Registers are registers used by
the CPU and peripheral functions for controlling the
desired operation of the device (see Table 2-1). These
registers are static RAM.
The special registers can be classified into two sets:
core and peripheral. The Special Function Registers
associated with the “core” are described in this section.
Those related to the operation of the peripheral features
are described in the section of th at peripheral feature.
Note: The IRP and RP1 bits of the STATUS
register are reserved and should always be
maintained as 0’s.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 13
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
FIGURE 2-3: DATA MEMORY MAP OF
THE PIC16F 61 0/16 HV6 10 FIGURE 2-4: DATA MEMORY MAP OF
THE PIC16F 61 6/16 HV6 16
Indirect Addr.(1)
TMR0
PCL
STATUS
FSR
PORTA
PCLATH
INTCON
PIR1
TMR1L
TMR1H
T1CON
00h
01h
02h
03h
04h
05h
06h
07h
08h
09h
0Ah
0Bh
0Ch
0Dh
0Eh
0Fh
10h
11h
12h
13h
14h
15h
16h
17h
18h
19h
1Ah
1Bh
1Ch
1Dh
1Eh
1Fh
20h
7Fh
Bank 0
Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: Not a physical register .
CM1CON0 SRCON0
General
Purpose
Registers
64 Bytes
SRCON1
File
Address File
Address
WPUA
IOCA
Indirect Addr.(1)
OPTION_REG
PCL
STATUS
FSR
TRISA
PCLATH
INTCON
PIE1
PCON
80h
81h
82h
83h
84h
85h
86h
87h
88h
89h
8Ah
8Bh
8Ch
8Dh
8Eh
8Fh
90h
91h
92h
93h
94h
95h
96h
97h
98h
99h
9Ah
9Bh
9Ch
9Dh
9Eh
9Fh
A0h
FFh
Bank 1
ANSEL
TRISC
PORTC
Accesses 70h-7Fh F0h
VRCON
CM2CON0
OSCTUNE
CM2CON1
3Fh
40h
Indirect Addr.(1)
TMR0
PCL
STATUS
FSR
PORTA
PCLATH
INTCON
PIR1
TMR1L
TMR1H
T1CON
00h
01h
02h
03h
04h
05h
06h
07h
08h
09h
0Ah
0Bh
0Ch
0Dh
0Eh
0Fh
10h
11h
12h
13h
14h
15h
16h
17h
18h
19h
1Ah
1Bh
1Ch
1Dh
1Eh
1Fh
20h
7Fh
Bank 0
Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: Not a physical register .
CM1CON0 SRCON0
General
Purpose
Registers
96 Bytes
SRCON1
File
Address File
Address
WPUA
IOCA
Indirect Addr.(1)
OPTION_REG
PCL
STATUS
FSR
TRISA
PCLATH
INTCON
PIE1
PCON
80h
81h
82h
83h
84h
85h
86h
87h
88h
89h
8Ah
8Bh
8Ch
8Dh
8Eh
8Fh
90h
91h
92h
93h
94h
95h
96h
97h
98h
99h
9Ah
9Bh
9Ch
9Dh
9Eh
9Fh
A0h
FFh
Bank 1
ADRESH
ADCON0
ADRESL
ADCON1
ANSEL
TRISC
PORTC
BFh
General
Purpose
Registers
32 Bytes
Accesses 70h-7Fh F0h
TMR2
T2CON
CCPR1L
CCPR1H
CCP1CON
PWM1CON
ECCPAS
VRCON
CM2CON0
OSCTUNE
PR2
70h
6Fh
CM2CON1
C0h
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 14 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 2-1: PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS SUMMARY BANK 0
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR Page
Bank 0
00h INDF Addressing this location uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) xxxx xxxx 22, 113
01h TMR0 Timer0 Module’s Register xxxx xxxx 43, 113
02h PCL Program Counter’s (PC) Least Significant Byte 0000 0000 22, 113
03h STATUS IRP(1) RP1(1) RP0 TO PD ZDCC0001 1xxx 16, 113
04h FSR Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer xxxx xxxx 22, 113
05h PORTA RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 --x0 x000 31, 113
06h Unimplemented
07h PORTC RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 --xx 00xx 40, 113
08h Unimplemented
09h Unimplemented
0Ah PCLATH Write Buffer for upper 5 bits of Program Counter ---0 0000 22, 113
0Bh INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RAIE T0IF INTF RAIF 0000 0000 18, 113
0Ch PIR1 —ADIF
(2) CCP1IF(2) C2IF C1IF —TMR2IF
(2) TMR1IF -000 0-00 20, 113
0Dh Unimplemented
0Eh TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx 47, 113
0Fh TMR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx 47, 113
10h T1CON T1GINV TMR1GE T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON 0000 0000 50, 113
11h TMR2(2) Timer2 Module Register 0000 0000 53, 113
12h T2CON(2) TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 -000 0000 54, 113
13h CCPR1L(2) Capture/Co mpare /P W M Register 1 Low Byte XXXX XXXX 84, 113
14h CCPR1H(2) Captur e/C o mpare /P WM R egist er 1 High Byte XXXX XXXX 84, 113
15h CCP1CON(2) P1M1 P1M0 DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 0000 0000 83, 113
16h PWM1CON(2) PRSEN PDC6 PDC5 PDC4 PDC3 PDC2 PDC1 PDC0 0000 0000 83, 113
17h ECCPAS(2) ECCPASE ECCPAS2 ECCPAS1 ECCPAS0 PSSAC1 PSSAC0 PSSBD1 PSSBD0 0000 0000 100, 113
18h Unimplemented
19h VRCON C1VREN C2VREN VRR FVREN VR3 VR2 VR1 VR0 0000 0000 70, 113
1Ah CM1CON0 C1ON C1OUT C1OE C1POL C1R C1CH1 C1CH0 0000 -000 60, 113
1Bh CM2CON0 C2ON C2OUT C2OE C2POL C2R C2CH1 C2CH0 0000 -000 61, 113
1Ch CM2CON1 MC1OUT MC2OUT T1ACS C1HYS C2HYS T1GSS C2SYNC 00-0 0010 63, 113
1Dh Unimplemented
1Eh ADRESH(2) Most Significant 8 bits of the left shifted A/D result or 2 bits of right shifted result xxxx xxxx 78, 113
1Fh ADCON0(2) ADFM VCFG CHS3 CHS2 CHS1 CHS0 GO/DONE ADON 0000 0000 76, 113
Legend: – = Unimpl em ent ed locat io ns rea d as ‘0’, u = unchanged, x = unknown, q = value depends on condition, shaded = unimplemented
Note 1: IRP and RP1 bits are reserved, always maintain these bits clear.
2: PIC16F6 16/16HV6 16 onl y.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 15
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
TABLE 2-2: PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS SUMMARY BANK 1
Addr Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR Page
Bank 1
80h INDF Addressing this location uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) xxxx xxxx 22, 113
81h OPTION_REG RAPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 17, 113
82h PCL Program Counter’s (PC) Least Significant Byte 0000 0000 22, 113
83h STATUS IRP(1) RP1(1) RP0 TO PD ZDCC0001 1xxx 16, 113
84h FSR Indi rect Data Me mory Address Pointer xxxx xxxx 22, 113
85h TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 --11 1111 31, 113
86h Unimplemented
87h TRISC TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 --11 1111 40, 113
88h Unimplemented
89h Unimplemented
8Ah PCLATH Write Buffer for upper 5 bits of Program Counter ---0 0000 22, 113
8Bh INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RAIE T0IF INTF RAIF 0000 0000 18, 113
8Ch PIE1 —ADIE
(3) CCP1IE(3) C2IE C1IE —TMR2IE
(3) TMR1IE -000 0-00 19, 113
8Dh Unimplemented
8Eh PCON —PORBOR ---- --qq 21, 113
8Fh Unimplemented
90h OSCTUNE TUN4 TUN3 TUN2 TUN1 TUN0 ---0 0000 29, 113
91h ANSEL ANS7 ANS6 ANS5 ANS4 ANS3(3) ANS2(3) ANS1 ANS0 1111 1111 32, 114
92h PR2(3) Timer2 Module Period Register 1111 1111 53, 114
93h Unimplemented
94h Unimplemented
95h WPUA WPUA5 WPUA4 WPUA2 WPUA1 WPUA0 --11 -111 33, 114
96h IOCA IOCA5 IOCA4 IOCA3 IOCA2 IOCA1 IOCA0 --00 0000 33, 114
97h Unimplemented
98h Unimplemented
99h SRCON0 SR1 SR0 C1SEN C2REN PULSS PULSR SRCLKEN 0000 00-0 67, 114
9Ah SRCON1 SRCS1 SRCS0 00-- ---- 67, 114
9Bh Unimplemented
9Ch Unimplemented
9Dh Unimplemented
9Eh ADRESL(3) Least Significant 2 bits of the left shifted result or 8 bits of the right shifted result xxxx xxxx 78, 114
9Fh ADCON1(3) ADCS2 ADCS1 ADCS0 ————-000 ---- 77, 114
Legend: – = Unimplemented locations read as ‘0’, u = unchanged, x = unknown, q = value depends on condition, shaded = unimplemented
Note 1: IRP and RP1 bits are reserved, always maintain these bits clear.
2: RA3 pull-up is enabled when MCLRE is1’ in the Configuration Word register.
3: PIC16F616/16HV616 only.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 16 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
2.2.2.1 STATUS Register
The S TATUS regi ste r, sho wn i n R e gis ter 2-1, contains:
the arithm etic status of the ALU
the Reset status
the bank select bits for data memory (RAM)
The STATUS register can be the destination for any
instruction, like any other register. If the STATUS
register is the destination for an instruction that affects
the Z, DC or C bits, then the write to these three bits is
disabl ed. These bit s are set or clea red according to the
device logic. Furthermore, the TO and PD bits are not
writable. Therefore, the result of an instruction with the
STATUS register as destination may be different than
intended.
For exam ple, CLRF STATUS, will clea r the upper three
bits and set the Z bit. This leaves the STATUS register
as ‘000u u1uu’ (where u = unchanged).
It is recommended, therefore, that only BCF, BSF,
SWAPF and MOVWF instructions are used to alter the
STATUS register, because these instructions do not
affect any Status bits. For other instructions not affect-
ing any Status bits, see the Section 13.0 “Instruction
Set Summary”.
Note 1: Bits IRP and RP1 of the STATUS register
are not used by the
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616 and
should be maintained as clear. Use of
these b its is n ot reco mmen ded, s ince this
may affect upward compatibility with
future products.
2: The C and DC bits operate as a Borrow
and Digit Borrow out bit, respectively, in
subtraction. See the SUBLW and SUBWF
instructions for examples.
REGISTER 2-1: STATUS: STATUS REGISTER
Reserved Reserved R/W-0 R-1 R-1 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x
IRP RP1 RP0 TO PD ZDCC
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7 IRP: T his bit is reserved and should be maintained as 0
bit 6 RP1: This bit is reserved and should be maintained as ‘0
bit 5 RP0: Register Bank Select bit (used for direct addressing)
1 = Bank 1 (80h FFh)
0 = Bank 0 (00h 7Fh)
bit 4 TO: Time-out bit
1 = After power-up, CLRWDT instruction or SLEEP instruction
0 = A WDT time-out occurred
bit 3 PD: Power-down bit
1 = After power-up or by the CLRWDT instruction
0 = By execution of the SLEEP instruction
bit 2 Z: Zero bit
1 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero
0 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero
bit 1 DC: Digit Carry/Borrow bit (ADDWF, ADDLW,SUBLW,SUBWF instructions), For Borrow , the polarity is reversed.
1 = A carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result occurred
0 = No carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result
bit 0 C: Carry/Borrow bit(1) (ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW, SUBWF instructions)
1 = A carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred
0 = No carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred
Note 1: For Borrow , t he polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the two’s complement of the second operand.
For rotate (RRF, RLF) instructions, this bit is loaded with either the high-order or low-order bit of the source register.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 17
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
2.2.2.2 OPTION Register
The OPTION register is a readable and writable regis-
ter, which contains various control bits to configure:
Timer0/WDT prescaler
External R A2/INT int errupt
•Timer0
Weak pull-ups on PORTA
Note: To achieve a 1:1 prescaler assignment for
Timer0, assign the prescaler to the WDT
by setting PSA bit to ‘1’ of the OPTION
register. See Section 5.1.3 “Software
Programmable Prescaler”.
REGISTER 2-2: OPTION_RE G: OPTION REGISTER
R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1
RAPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set 0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7 RAPU: PORTA Pull-up Enable bit
1 = PORTA pu ll-ups are disabled
0 = PORTA pull-ups are enabled by individual PORT latch values
bit 6 INTEDG: Interrupt Edge Select bit
1 = Interrupt on rising edge of RA2/INT pin
0 = Interrupt on falling edge of RA2/INT pin
bit 5 T0CS: Timer0 Clock Sou rce Select bit
1 = Transit ion on RA2/T0CKI pin
0 = Internal instruction cycle clock (FOSC/4)
bit 4 T0SE: Timer0 Source Edge Select bit
1 = Increment on high-to-low transition on RA2/T0CKI pin
0 = Increment on low-to-high transition on RA2/T0CKI pin
bit 3 PSA: Prescaler Assignme nt bit
1 = Prescaler is assigned to the WDT
0 = Prescaler is assigned to the Timer0 module
bit 2-0 PS<2:0>: Prescaler Rate Select bits
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
1 : 2
1 : 4
1 : 8
1 : 16
1 : 32
1 : 64
1 : 128
1 : 256
1 : 1
1 : 2
1 : 4
1 : 8
1 : 16
1 : 32
1 : 64
1 : 128
BIT VALUE TI MER0 RATE WD T RATE
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 18 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
2.2.2.3 INTCON Register
The INTCON register is a readable and writable
register, which cont ains the various en able and fl ag bits
for TMR0 register overflow, PORTA change and
external RA2/INT pin interrupts.
Note: Interru pt flag bi ts are set when an interrupt
conditi on occ urs, regar dless o f the s tate of
its corresponding enable bit or the global
enable bit, GIE of the INTCON register.
User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear
prior to enabling an interrupt.
REGISTER 2-3: INTCON: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RAIE T0IF INTF RAIF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set 0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7 GIE: Global Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables all unmasked interrupts
0 = Disables all interrupts
bit 6 PEIE: Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables all unmasked peripheral interrupts
0 = Disables all peripheral interrupts
bit 5 T0IE: Timer0 Overflow Interrupt E nab le bit
1 = Enables the Timer0 interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer0 interrupt
bit 4 INTE: RA2/INT External Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the RA2/INT external interrupt
0 = Disables the RA2/INT external interrupt
bit 3 RAIE: PORTA Change Interrupt Enable bit(1)
1 = Enables the PORTA change interrupt
0 = Disables the PORTA change interrupt
bit 2 T0IF: Timer0 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit(2)
1 = Timer0 register has overflowed (must be cleared in software)
0 = Timer0 register did not overflow
bit 1 INTF: RA2/INT External Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The RA2/INT external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = The RA2/INT external interrupt did not occur
bit 0 RAIF: PORTA Change Interrupt Flag bit
1 = When at least one of the PORTA <5:0> pins changed state (must be cleared in software)
0 = None of the PORTA <5:0> pins have changed state
Note 1: IOCA register must also be enabled.
2: T0IF bit is set when TMR0 rolls over. TMR0 is unchanged on Reset and should be initialized before
clearing T0IF bit.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 19
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
2.2.2.4 PIE1 Regist er
The PIE1 register contains the peripheral interrupt
enable bits, as shown in Register 2-4.
Note: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be
set to enable any peripheral interrupt.
REGISTER 2-4: PIE1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 1
U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
—ADIE
(1) CCP1IE(1) C2IE C1IE —TMR2IE
(1) TMR1IE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set 0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7 Unimplemented: Re ad as ‘0
bit 6 ADIE: A/D Converter (ADC) Interrupt Enable bit(1)
1 = Enables the ADC interrupt
0 = Disables the ADC interrupt
bit 5 CCP1IE: CCP1 Interrupt Enable bit(1)
1 = Enables the CCP1 interrupt
0 = Disables the CCP1 interru pt
bit 4 C2IE: Comparator C2 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Comparator C2 interrupt
0 = Disables the Comparator C2 interrupt
bit 3 C1IE: Comparator C1 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Comparator C1 interrupt
0 = Disables the Comparator C1 interrupt
bit 2 Unimplemented: Re ad as ‘0
bit 1 TMR2IE: Timer2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Enable bit(1)
1 = Enables the Timer2 to PR2 match interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer2 to PR2 match interrupt
bit 0 TMR1IE: Timer1 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer1 overflow interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer1 overflow interrupt
Note 1: PIC16F616/16HV616 only. PIC16F610/16HV610 unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 20 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
2.2.2.5 PIR1 Register
The PIR1 register contains the peripheral interrupt flag
bits, as shown in Register 2-5.
Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs, regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the global
enable bit, GIE of the INTCON register . User
software should ensure the appropriate
interru pt flag bits are clear prior t o enabling
an interrupt.
REGISTER 2-5: PIR1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 1
U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
—ADIF
(1) CCP1IF(1) C2IF C1IF —TMR2IF
(1) TMR1IF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set 0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7 Unimplemented: Re ad as ‘0
bit 6 ADIF: A/D Interrupt Flag bit(1)
1 = A/D conversion complete
0 = A/D conversion has not completed or has not been started
bit 5 CCP1IF: CCP1 Interrupt Flag bit(1)
Capture mode:
1 = A TMR1 register capture occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR1 register captu re occurred
Compare mode:
1 = A TMR1 register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR1 register compare match occurred
PWM mode:
Unused in this mode
bit 4 C2IF: Comparator C2 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Comparator C2 output has changed (must be cleared in software)
0 = Comparator C2 output has not changed
bit 3 C1IF: Comparator C1 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Comparator C1 output has changed (must be cleared in software)
0 = Comparator C1 output has not changed
bit 2 Unimplemented: Re ad as ‘0
bit 1 TMR2IF: Timer2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Flag bit(1)
1 = Timer2 to PR2 match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = Timer2 to PR2 match has not occurred
bit 0 TMR1IF: Timer1 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Timer1 register overflowed (must be cleared in software)
0 = Timer1 has not overflowed
Note 1: PIC16F616/16HV616 only. PIC16F610/16HV610 unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 21
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
2.2.2.6 PCON Register
The Power Control (PCON) register (see Table 12-2)
cont ains flag bit s to differentiate between a:
Power-on Reset (POR)
Brown-out Reset (BOR)
Watchdog Timer Reset (WDT)
External MCLR Reset
The PCON register also controls the software en able of
the BOR.
The PCON register bits are shown in Register 2-6.
REGISTER 2-6: PCON: POWER CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0(1)
—PORBOR
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set 0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 1 POR: Power-on Reset Status bit
1 = No Power-on Reset occurred
0 = A Power-on Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset occurs)
bit 0 BOR: Brown-out Reset Status bit
1 = No Brown-out Reset occurred
0 = A Brown-out Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Brown-out Reset occurs)
Note 1: Reads as ‘0’ if Brown-out Reset is disabled.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 22 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
2.3 PCL and PCLATH
The Program Counter (PC) is 13 bi ts wide . The low byte
comes from the PCL register, which is a readable and
writable register . The high byte (PC<12:8>) is not directly
readable or writable and comes from PCLATH. On any
Reset, the PC is cleared. Figure 2-5 shows the two
situations for the loading of the PC. The upper example
in Figure 2-5 shows how the PC is loaded on a write to
PCL (PCLATH<4:0> PCH). The lower example in
Figure 2-5 show s how the PC is loaded during a CALL or
GOTO instru ctio n (P CLATH<4:3> PCH).
FIGURE 2-5: LOADING OF PC IN
DIFFERENT SITUATIONS
2.3.1 MODIFYING PCL
Executing any instruction with the PCL register as the
destination simultaneously causes the Program
Counter PC<12:8> bits (PCH) to be replaced by the
content s of the PCLATH register. This al lows the e ntire
contents of the program counter to be changed by
writing the desired upp er 5 bits to the PCL A TH re gister.
When the lower 8 bits are written to the PCL register , all
13 bits of the program counter will change to the values
contained in the PCLATH register and those being
written to the PCL register.
A computed GOTO i s ac co mp li shed by ad ding an offset
to the program counter (ADDWF PCL). Care should be
exercised when jumping into a look-up table or
program branch table (computed GOTO) by modifying
the PCL register. Assuming that PCLATH is set to the
table start address, if the table length is greater than
255 instructions or if the lower 8 bits of the memory
address rolls over from 0xFF to 0x00 in the middle of
the table, then PCLATH must be incremented for each
address rollover that occurs between the table
beginning and the target location within the table.
For more information refer to Application Note AN556,
Implementing a Table Read” (DS00556).
2.3.2 STACK
The PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616 Family has an
8-level x 13-bit wide hardware stack (see Figure 2-1).
The stack space is not part of either program or data
spac e and the S t ack Pointe r is not readable or writ able.
The PC is PUSHed onto the stack when a CALL
instruction is executed or an interrupt causes a branch.
The st ack is POP ed in the event o f a RETURN, RETLW
or a RETFIE instruction execution. PCLATH is not
affected by a PUSH or POP operation.
The stack operates as a circular buf fer . This means tha t
after the st ack has be en PUSHed eigh t times, the ninth
push ove rwrites the val ue that wa s stored from the first
push. The ten th pu sh overw rit es the second push (and
so on).
2.4 Indirect Addressing, INDF and
FSR Registers
The INDF re gister is not a physical register . Ad dressing
the INDF register will cause indirect addressing.
Indirect addressing is possible by using the INDF
register. Any instruction using the INDF register
actually accesses data pointed to by the File Select
Register (FSR). Reading INDF itself indirectly will
produce 00h. Writing to the INDF register indirectly
results in a no operation (although Status bits may be
affected). An effective 9-bit address is obtained by
concatenating the 8-bit FSR and the IRP bit of the
STATUS register, as shown in Figure 2-7.
A simpl e prog ram to c lear RAM location 40h-4 Fh using
indirect addressing is shown in Example 2-1.
EXAMPLE 2-1: INDIRECT ADDRESSING
PC
12 8 7 0
5PCLATH<4:0>
PCLATH
Instruction wit
h
ALU Result
GOTO, CALL
OPCODE <10:0
>
8
PC
12 11 10 0
11
PCLATH<4:3>
PCH PCL
87
2
PCLATH
PCH PCL
PCL a
s
Destinatio
n
Note 1: There are no Status bits to indicate stack
overflow or stack underflow conditions.
2: There are no instructions/mnemonics
called PUSH or POP. These are actions
that occur from the execution of the
CALL, RETURN, RETLW and RETFIE
instructions or the vectoring to an
interrupt address.
MOVLW 0x40 ;initialize pointer
MOVWF FSR ;to RAM
NEXT CLRF INDF ;clear INDF register
INCF FSR, F ;inc pointer
BTFSS FSR,4 ;all done?
GOTO NEXT ;no clear next
CONTINUE ;yes continue
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 23
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
FIGURE 2-6: DIRECT/INDIRECT ADDRESSING PIC16F610/16HV610
FIGURE 2-7: DIRECT/INDIRECT ADDRESSING PIC16F616/16HV616
Data
Memory
Indirect AddressingDirect Addressing
Bank Select Location Select
RP1(1) RP0 6 0
From Opcode IRP(1) File Select Register
70
Bank Select Location Select
00 01 10 11 180h
1FFh
00h
7Fh Bank 0 Bank 1 Bank 2 Bank 3
NOT USED(2)
For memory map detail, see Figure 2 -3.
70h
40h
Unimplemented data memory locations, read as 0’.
Note 1: The RP1 and IRP bits are reserved; always maintain these bits clear .
2: Accesses in Bank 2 and Bank 3 are mirrored back into Bank 0 and Bank 1, respectively.
20h
Data
Memory
Indirect AddressingDirect Addressing
Bank Select Location Select
RP1(1) RP0 6 0
From Opcode IRP(1) File Select Register
70
Bank Select Location Select
00 01 10 11 180h
1FFh
00h
7Fh
Bank 0 Bank 1 Bank 2 Bank 3
NOT USED(2)
For memory map detail, see Figure 2 -4.
70h
40h
Unimplemented data memory locations, read as 0’.
Note 1: The RP1 and IRP bits are reserved; always maintain these bits clear .
2: Accesses in Bank 2 and Bank 3 are mirrored back into Bank 0 and Bank 1, respectively.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 24 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 25
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
3.0 OSCILLATOR MODULE
3.1 Overview
The Oscillator module has a wide variety of clock
sources and selection features that allow it to be used
in a wide range of applic ations while maximizing perfor-
mance and minimizing power consumption. Figure 3-1
illustrates a block diagram of the Oscillator module.
Clock sources can be configured from external
oscilla tors, quartz crystal resonators , ceramic resonators
and Resistor-Capacitor (RC) circuits. In addition, the
system clock source can be configured with a choice of
two selectable speeds: internal or external system clock
source.
The Os cillator mod ule can be c onfigured in one of eig ht
clock modes.
1. EC – External clock with I/O on O SC2/CLKOUT.
2. LP – 32 kHz Low-Power Crystal mode.
3. XT – Medium Gain Crystal or Ceramic Resonator
Oscillator mode.
4. HS – High Gain Crystal or Ceramic Resonator
mode.
5. RC – External Resistor-Capacitor (RC) with
FOSC/4 output on OSC2/CLKOUT.
6. RCIO – External Resistor-Capacitor (RC) with
I/O on OSC2/CLKOUT.
7. INTOSC – Internal oscillator with FOSC/4 output
on OSC2 and I/O on OSC1/CLKIN.
8. INTOSCIO – Internal oscillator with I/O on
OSC1/CLKIN and OSC2/CLKOUT.
Clock Source modes are configured by the FOSC<2:0>
bits in the Configuration Word register (CONFIG). The
Internal Oscillator module provides a selectable system
clock mode of either 4 MHz (Postscaler) or 8 MHz
(INTOSC).
FIGURE 3-1: PIC® MCU CLOCK SOURCE BLOCK DIAGRAM
(CPU and Peripherals)
OSC1
OSC2
Sleep
External Oscillator
LP, XT, HS, RC, RCIO, EC
System Clock
MUX
FOSC<2:0>
(Configuration Word Register)
Internal Oscillator
INTOSC
8 MHz
Postscaler
4 MHz
INTOSC
IOSCFS
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 26 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
3.2 Clock Source Modes
Clock Source modes can be classified as external or
internal.
External Clock mod es rely on e xternal circui try fo r
the clock source. Examples are: Oscillator mod-
ules (EC mode), quartz crystal resonators or
ceramic resonators (LP, XT and HS modes) and
Resistor-Capacitor (R C) mode circuits.
Internal clock sources are contained internally
within the Oscillator module. The Oscillator
module has two selectable clock frequencies:
4 MHz and 8 MHz
The syste m cl oc k ca n be selected between ex tern al or
internal clock sources via the FOSC<2:0> bits of the
Configuration Word register.
3.3 External Clock Modes
3.3.1 EC MODE
The External Clock (EC) mode allows an externally
generated logic level as the system clock source. When
operating in this mode, an external clock source is
connected to the OSC1 input and the OSC2 is available
for general purpose I/O. Figure 3-2 shows the pin
connections for EC mode.
The Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) is disabled when
EC mode is selected. Therefore, there is no delay in
operation after a Power-on Reset (POR) or wake-up
from Sleep. Because the PIC® MCU design is fully
static, stopping the external clock input will have the
effect of halting the device while leaving all data intact.
Upon restarting the external clock, the device will
resume operation as if no time had elapsed.
FIGURE 3-2: EXTERNAL CLOCK (EC)
MODE OPERATION
3.3.2 OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER
(OST)
If the Oscillator module is configured for LP, XT or HS
modes, the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) counts
1024 oscillations from OSC1. This occurs following a
Power-on Reset (POR) and when the Power-up Timer
(PWRT) has expired (if configured), or a wake-up from
Sleep. During this time, the program counter does not
increment and program execution is suspended. The
OST ensures that the oscillator circuit, using a quartz
cryst al res onator o r ce ramic res onator, has st arted an d
is providing a stable system clock to the Oscillator
module. When switching between clock sources, a
delay is required to allow the new clock to stabilize.
These oscillator delays are shown in Table 3-1.
TABLE 3-1: OSCILLATOR DELAY EXAMPLES
OSC1/CLKIN
OSC2/CLKOUT(1)
I/O
Clock from
Ext. System PIC® MCU
Note 1: Alt ernat e pin functions are listed in the
Section 1.0 “Device Overview”.
Switch From Switch To Frequency Oscillator Delay
Sleep/POR INTOSC 4 MHz to 8 MHz Oscillator Warm-Up Delay (TWARM)
Sleep/POR EC, RC DC – 20 MHz 2 Instruction Cycles
Sleep/POR LP, XT, HS 32 kHz to 20 MHz 1024 Clock Cycles (OST)
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 27
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
3.3.3 LP, XT, HS MODES
The LP, XT and HS modes support the use of quartz
crystal resonators or ceramic resonators connected to
OSC1 a nd OSC2 (Figur e 3-3). The mod e selects a low ,
medium or high gain setting of the internal inverter-
amplifi er to support vari ous resonator typ es and spee d.
LP Oscillator mode selects the lowest gain setting of
the internal inverter-amplifier. LP mode current
consum ption is the least of the three modes. This mode
is designed to drive only 32.768 kHz tuning-fork type
crystals (watch crystals).
XT Oscillator mode selects the intermediate gain
setting of the internal inverter-amplifier. XT mode
current c onsumption is the medium of the three mo des.
This mode is best suited to drive resonators with a
medium drive level specification.
HS Oscillator mode selects the highest gain setting of
the internal inverter-amplifier. HS mode current
consumption is the highest of the three modes. This
mode is best suited for resonators that require a high
drive setting.
Figure 3-3 and Figure 3-4 show typical circuits for
quartz crystal and ceramic resonators, respectively.
FIGURE 3-3: QUARTZ CRYSTAL
OPERATION (LP, XT OR
HS MODE)
FIGURE 3-4: CERAMIC RESONATOR
OPERATION
(XT OR HS MODE)
Note 1: A series resistor (RS) may be required for
quartz crystals with low drive level.
2: The value of RF varies with the Oscillator mode
selected (typically between 2 MΩ to 10 MΩ).
C1
C2
Quartz
RS(1)
OSC1/CLKIN
RF(2) Sleep
To Internal
Logic
PIC® MCU
Crystal
OSC2/CLKOUT
Note 1: Quartz crystal characteristics vary according
to type, package and manufacturer. The
user should consult the manufacturer data
sheet s for sp ecifi catio ns an d reco mmen ded
application.
2: Always veri fy os ci lla tor performance over
the VDD and temperature range that is
expected for the application.
3: For oscillator de sign assistance, refer ence
the following Microchip Applications Notes:
• AN826, “Crystal Oscillator Basics and
Crystal Selection for rfPIC® and PIC®
Devices” (DS00826)
• AN849, “Basic PIC® Oscillator Design
(DS00849)
• AN943, “Practical PIC® Oscillator
Analysis and Design” (DS00943)
• AN949, “Making Your Oscillator Work
(DS00949)
Note 1: A series resistor (RS) may be required for
ceramic resonators with low drive level.
2: The value of RF varies with the Oscillator mode
selected (typically between 2 MΩ to 10 M Ω).
3: An additional parallel feedback resistor (RP)
may be required for proper ceramic resonator
operation.
C1
C2 Ceramic RS(1)
OSC1/CLKIN
RF(2) Sleep
To Internal
Logic
PIC® MCU
RP(3)
Resonator OSC2/CLKOUT
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 28 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
3.3.4 EXT ERNAL RC MODES
The external Resistor-Capacitor (RC) modes support
the use of an external RC circuit. This allows the
designer maximum flexibility in frequency choice while
keeping costs to a minimum when clock accuracy is not
required. There are two modes: RC and RCIO.
In RC mode, the RC circuit connects to OSC1. OSC2/
CLKOUT outputs the RC oscillator frequency divided
by 4. This signal may be used to provide a clock for
external circuitry, synchronization, calibration, test or
other application requirements. Figure 3-5 shows the
external RC mode connections.
FIGURE 3-5: EXTERNAL RC MODES
In RCIO mode, the RC circuit is connected to OSC1.
OSC2 becomes an additional general purpose I/O pin.
The RC oscillator frequency is a function of the supply
voltage, the resis tor (REXT) and cap acito r (CEXT) values
and the operating temperature. Other factors affecting
the oscillator frequency are:
threshold voltage variation
component tolerances
pack aging var iations in capacitanc e
The user also needs to take into account variation due
to tolerance of external RC components used.
3.4 Internal Clock Modes
The Oscillator module provides a selectable system
clock source of either 4 MHz or 8 MHz. The selectable
frequency is configured through the IOSCFS bit of the
Configuration Word.
The frequency of the internal oscillator can be can be
user-adjusted via software using the OSCTUNE
register.
3.4.1 INTOSC AND INTOSCIO MODES
The INTOSC and INTOSCIO modes configure the
internal oscillators as the system clock source when
the devi ce is pr ogrammed using the o scillato r selectio n
or the FOSC<2:0> bits in the Configuration Word
register (CONFIG). See Section 12.0 “Special
Features of the CPU” for more information.
In INTOSC mode , OSC1/CLKIN i s availab le for genera l
purpose I/O. OSC2/CLKOUT outputs the selected
internal oscillator fre quency divide d by 4. The CLKO UT
signal may be used to provide a clock for external
circuitry, synchronization, calibration, test or other
application requirements.
In INTOSCIO mode, OSC1/CLKIN and OSC2/CLKOUT
are available for general purpose I/O.
OSC2/CLKOUT(1)
CEXT
REXT
PIC® MCU
OSC1/CLKIN
FOSC/4 o r
Internal
Clock
VDD
VSS
Recommended values: 10 kΩ REXT 100 kΩ, <3V
3 kΩ REXT 100 kΩ, 3-5V
CEXT > 20 pF, 2-5V
Note 1: Alternate pin functions are listed in
Section 1.0 “Device Overview”.
2: Output depen ds upon RC or RC I O Clock
mode.
I/O(2)
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 29
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
3.4.1.1 OSCTUNE Register
The oscillator is factory calibrated but can be adjusted
in software by writing to the OSCTUNE register
(Register 3-1).
The default value of the OSCTUNE register is ‘0’. The
value is a 5-bit two’s complement number.
When the OSCTUNE register is modified, the frequenc y
will begin shifting to the new frequency. Code execution
continues during this shift. There is no indicatio n that the
shift has occurred.
TABLE 3-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CLOCK SOURCES
REGISTER 3-1: OSCTUNE: OSCILLATOR TUNING REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
TUN4 TUN3 TUN2 TUN1 TUN0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 4-0 TUN<4:0>: Frequency Tuning bits
01111 = Maximu m frequency
01110 =
00001 =
00000 = Oscillator module is running at the manufacturer calibrated frequency.
11111 =
10000 = Minimum fre quenc y
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets(1)
CONFIG(2) IOSCFS CP MCLRE PWRTE WDTE FOSC2 FOSC1 FOSC0
OSCTUNE TUN4 TUN3 TUN2 TUN1 TUN0 ---0 0000 ---u uuuu
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, = unimplemented locations read as0’. Shaded cells are not used by oscillators.
Note 1: O ther (non Power-up) Resets include MCLR Reset and Watchdog Timer Reset during normal operation.
2: See Configuration Word register (Register 12-1) for operation of all register bits.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 30 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 31
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
4.0 I/O PORTS
There are as many as eleven general purpose I/O pins
and an input pin available. Depending on which
peripherals are enabled, some or all of the pins may not
be available as general purpose I/O. In general, when a
peripheral is enabled, the associated pin may not be
used as a genera l purpose I/O pin.
4.1 PORTA and the TRISA Registers
PORTA is a 6-bit wide, bidirectional port. The
corresponding data direction register is TRISA
(Register 4-2). Setting a TRISA bit (= 1) will make the
corresponding PORTA pin an input (i.e., disable the
output driver). Clearing a TRISA bit (= 0) will make the
corresponding POR T A pin an output (i.e., enables output
driver and puts the contents of the output latch on the
selected pin). The exception is RA3, which is input only
and its TRIS bit will always read as1. Example 4-1
shows how to ini tial ize PO R TA.
Reading the PORTA register (Register 4-1) reads the
status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the
PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write
operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the
port pins are read, this value is modified and then
written to the PORT data latch. RA3 reads ‘0’ when
MCLRE = 1.
The TRISA register controls the direction of the
PORTA pins, even when they are being used as analog
inputs. The user must ensure the bits in the TRISA
register are maintai ned set when usin g them as analo g
input s. I/O pin s co nfigure d as analo g inpu t alw ays rea d
0’.
EXAMPLE 4-1: INITIALIZING PORTA
Note: The ANSEL register must be initialized to
configure an analog channel as a digital
input. Pi ns configu red as analo g inputs will
read ‘0’ and cannot generate an interrupt.
BCF STATUS,RP0 ;Bank 0
CLRF PORTA ;Init PORTA
BSF STATUS,RP0 ;Bank 1
CLRF ANSEL ;digital I/O
MOVLW 0Ch ;Set RA<3:2> as inputs
MOVWF TRISA ;and set RA<5:4,1:0>
;as outputs
BCF STATUS,RP0 ;Bank 0
REGISTER 4-1: PORTA: PORTA REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-0 R-x R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-0 RA<5:0>: PO RTA I/ O Pin bit
1 = PORTA pin is > VIH
0 = PORTA pin is < VIL
REGISTER 4-2: TRISA: PORTA TRI-STATE REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1
TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-0 TRISA<5:0>: PORTA Tri-State Control bit
1 = PORTA pin configured as an input (tri-stated)
0 = PORTA pin configured as an output
Note 1: T RISA<3> always reads ‘1’.
2: TRISA<5:4> always reads1’ in XT, HS and LP Oscillator modes.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 32 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.2 Additional Pin Functions
Every PORTA pin on the PIC16F610/616/16HV610/
616 has an interrupt-on-change option and a weak pull-
up option. The next three sections describe these
functions.
4.2.1 ANSEL REGISTER
The ANSEL register is used to configure the Input
mode of an I/O pin to analog. Setting the appropriate
ANSEL bit hi gh wil l ca us e all digi t al read s on the pi n to
be rea d as 0’ and allow analog functions on the pin to
operate correctly.
The state of the ANSEL bits has no affect on digital
output functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSEL set
will still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode
will be analog. This can cause unexpected behavior
when executing read-modify-write instructions on the
affec ted port.
4.2.2 WEAK PULL-UPS
Each of the PORTA pins, except RA3, has an
individually configurable internal weak pull-up. Control
bits WPUAx enable or disable each pull-up. Refer to
Re gi st er 4-4. Eac h weak pu ll-up is aut omatically turned
off when the port pin is configured as an output. The
pull-ups are disabled on a Power-on Reset by the
RAPU bit of the OPTION register). A weak pull-up is
automatically enabled for RA3 when configured as
MCLR and disabled when RA3 is an I/O. There is no
software control of the MCLR pul l-up .
4.2.3 INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE
Each PORTA pin is individually configurable as an
interrupt-on-change pin. Control bits IOCAx enable or
disable the interrupt function for each pin. Refer to
Register 4-5. The interrupt-on-change is disabled on a
Power-on Reset.
For enabled interrupt-on-change pins, the values are
comp ared with the old val ue latch ed on the la st read of
PORTA. The ‘mismatch’ outputs of the last read are
OR’d tog ether to set the PO RTA Change I nterrupt Flag
bit (RAIF) in the INTCON register (Register 2-3).
This interrupt can wake the device from Sleep. The
user, in the Interrupt Service Routine, clears the
interrupt by :
a) Any read or write of PORTA. This will end the
mismatch condition, then,
b) Clear the flag bit RAIF.
A mism at c h c ond it i on wi ll co nti n ue to s et f lag bi t RA IF.
Reading PORTA will end the mismatch condition and
allow flag bit RAIF to be cleared. The latch holding the
last read value is not affected by a MCLR nor BOR
Reset. After the se rese ts , the RAIF flag wil l continue to
be set if a mismatch is present.
Note: If a change on the I/O pin should occur
when any PORTA operation is being
execute d, then the RAIF i nterrupt flag ma y
not get set.
REGISTER 4-3: ANSEL: ANALOG SELECT REGISTER
R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1
ANS7 ANS6 ANS5 ANS4 ANS3 ANS2 ANS1 ANS0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-0 ANS<7:0>: Analog Select bits
Analog select between analog or digital function on pins AN<7:0>, respectively.
1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1).
0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or special function.
Note 1: Setting a pin to an analog input automatically disables the digital input circuitry, weak pull-ups, and
interrupt-on-change if available. The corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to allow
external control of the voltage on the pin.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 33
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
REGISTER 4-4: WPUA: WEAK PULL-UP PORTA REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1
WPUA5 WPUA4 WPUA2 WPUA1 WPUA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-4 WPUA<5:4>: Weak Pull-up Control bits
1 = Pull-up enabled
0 = Pull-up disabled
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 2-0 WPUA<2:0>: Weak Pull-up Control bits
1 = Pull-up enabled
0 = Pull-up disabled
Note 1: Global RAPU must be enabled for individual pull-ups to be enabled.
2: The weak pull-up device is automatically disabled if the pin is in Output mode (TRISA = 0).
3: The RA3 pull-up is enabled when configured as MCLR and disabled as an input in the Configuration
Word.
4: WPUA<5:4> always reads ‘1’ in XT, HS and LP Oscillator modes.
REGISTER 4-5: IOCA: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTA REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
IOCA5 IOCA4 IOCA3 IOCA2 IOCA1 IOCA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-0 IOCA<5:0>: Interrupt-on-change PORTA Control bit
1 = Interrupt-on-change enabled
0 = Interrupt-on-change disabled
Note 1: Global Interrupt Enable (GIE) must be enabled for individual interrupts to be recognized.
2: IOCA<5:4> always reads ‘1’ in XT, HS and LP Oscillator modes.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 34 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.2.4 PIN DESCRIPTIONS AND
DIAGRAMS
Each PORTA pin is multiplexed with other functions.
The pins and their combined functions are briefly
described here. For specific information about
individual functions such as the Comparator or the
ADC, refer to the appro priate sect ion in this data s heet.
4.2.4.1 RA0/AN0(1)/C1IN+/ICSPDAT
Figure 4-1 show s the di agram for this pi n. The RA 0 pin
is configurable to function as one of the following:
a general pu rpose I/ O
an analog input for the ADC(1)
an analog non-inverting input to the comparator
In-Circuit Se rial Programming data
4.2.4.2 RA1/AN1(1)/C12IN0-/VREF(1)/
ICSPCLK
Figur e 4-1 shows the di agram fo r this pin. Th e RA1 pi n
is configurable to function as one of the following:
a general purpo se I/O
an analog input for the ADC(1)
an analog inverting input to the comparator
a voltage reference input for the ADC(1)
In-Circuit Serial Programming clock
FIGURE 4-1: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RA<1:0>
Note 1: PIC16F616/16HV616 only.
VDD
VSS
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
VDD
D
EN
Q
D
EN
Q
Weak
RD PORTA
RD
WR
WR
RD
WR
IOCA
RD
IOCA
Interrupt-on-
To Comparator
Analog(1)
Input Mode
RAPU
Analog(1)
Input Mode
Change
Q1
WR
RD
WPUA
Data Bus
WPUA
PORTA
TRISA
TRISA
PORTA
Note 1: Comparator mode and ANSEL determi nes Analog Input mo de.
2: Set has priority over Reset.
3: PIC16F6 16/16HV6 16 onl y.
To A/D Converter(3)
I/O Pin
S(2)
R
Q
From other
RA<5:1> pins (RA0)
Write0’ to RAIF RA<5:2, 0> pins (RA1)
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 35
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
4.2.4.3 RA2/AN2(1)/T0CKI/INT/C1OUT
Figure 4-2 sh ows the di agram f or thi s pin. The R A2 pin
is configurable to function as one of the following:
a general pu rpose I/ O
an analog input for the ADC(1)
the clock input for TM R0
an external edge triggered interrupt
a digital output from Comparator C1
FIGURE 4-2: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RA2
Note 1: PIC16F616/16HV616 only.
VDD
VSS
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
VDD
D
EN
Q
D
EN
Q
Weak
RD PORTA
RD
WR
WR
RD
WR
IOAC
RD
IOAC
Interrupt-on-
To INT
Analog(1)
Input Mode
RAPU
Analog(1)
Input Mode
Change
Q1
WR
RD
WPUA
Data Bus
WPUA
PORTA
TRISA
TRISA
PORTA
Note 1: Comparator mode and ANSEL determines Analog Input mode.
2: Set has priority over Reset.
3: PIC16F6 16/16HV6 16 onl y.
To A/D Converter(3)
I/O Pin
S(2)
R
Q
From other
RA<5:3, 1:0> pins
Write0’ to RAIF
0
1
C1OE
C1OE
Enable
To Timer0
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 36 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.2.4.4 RA3/MCLR/VPP
Figure 4-3 show s the di agram for this pi n. The RA 3 pin
is configurable to function as one of the following:
a general pu rpose input
as Master Clear Reset with weak pull-up
FIGURE 4-3: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RA3
VSS
D
Q
CK
Q
D
EN
Q
Data Bus
RD PO RTA
RD
PORTA
WR
IOCA
RD
IOCA
Reset MCLRE
RD
TRISA VSS
D
EN
Q
MCLRE
VDD
Weak
MCLRE
Q1
Input
Pin
Interrupt-on-
Change
S(1)
R
Q
From other
Write ‘0’ to RAIF
Note 1: Set has priority over Reset
RA<5:4, 2:0> pins
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 37
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
4.2.4.5 RA4/AN3(1)/T1G/OSC2/CLKOUT
Figure 4-4 sh ows the di agram f or thi s pin. The R A4 pin
is configurable to function as one of the following:
a general pu rpose I/ O
an analog input for the ADC(1)
a Timer1 gat e (coun t enabl e)
a cryst al/ reso nator connectio n
a clock output
FIGURE 4-4: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RA4
Note 1: PIC16F616/16HV616 only.
VDD
VSS
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
VDD
D
EN
Q
D
EN
Q
Weak
Analog
Input Mode
Data Bus
WR
WPUA
RD
WPUA
RD
PORTA
WR
PORTA
WR
TRISA
RD
TRISA
WR
IOCA
RD
IOCA
FOSC/4
To A/D Converter(5)
Oscillator
Circuit
OSC1
CLKOUT
0
1
CLKOUT
Enable
Enable
Analog(3)
Input Mode
RAPU
RD PORTA
To T1G
INTOSC/
RC/EC(2)
CLK(1)
Modes
CLKOUT
Enable
Note 1: CLK modes are XT, HS, LP, TMR1 LP and CLKOUT Enable.
2: With CLKOUT option.
3: Analog Input mode comes from ANSEL.
4: Set has priority over Reset.
5: PIC16F616/16HV616 only.
Q1
I/O Pin
Interrupt-on-
Change
S(4)
R
Q
From other
Write ‘0’ to RAIF
RA<5, 3:0> pins
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 38 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.2.4.6 RA5/T1CKI/OSC1/CLKIN
Figure 4-5 show s the di agram for this pi n. The RA 5 pin
is configurable to function as one of the following:
a general purpo se I/O
a Timer1 clock input
a cryst al/ reso nator connectio n
a cloc k inpu t
FIGURE 4-5: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RA5
VDD
VSS
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
VDD
D
EN
Q
D
EN
Q
Weak
Data Bus
WR
WPUA
RD
WPUA
RD
PORTA
WR
PORTA
WR
TRISA
RD
TRISA
WR
IOCA
RD
IOCA
To Timer1
INTOSC
Mode
RD PORTA
INTOSC
Mode
RAPU
OSC2
Note 1: Timer1 LP Oscillator enabled.
2: Set has pri o rity over Reset.
TMR1LPEN(1)
Oscillator
Circuit
Q1
I/O Pin
Interrupt-on-
Change
S(2)
R
Q
From other
RA<4:0> pins
Write ‘0’ to RAIF
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 39
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
TABLE 4-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTA
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Va lue on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
ANSEL ANS7 ANS6 ANS5 ANS4 ANS3 ANS2 ANS1 ANS0 1111 1111 1111 1111
CM1CON0 C1ON C1OUT C1OE C1POL C1R C1CH1 C1CH0 0000 -000 0000 -000
CM2CON0 C2ON C2OUT C2OE C2POL C2R C2CH1 C2CH0 0000 -000 0000 -000
INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RAIE T0IF INTF RAIF 0000 0000 0000 0000
IOCA IOCA5 IOCA4 IOCA3 IOCA2 IOCA1 IOCA0 --00 0000 --00 0000
OPTION_REG RAPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111
PORTA RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 --x0 x000 --u0 u000
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 --11 1111 --11 1111
WPUA —WPUA5WPUA4 WPUA2 WPUA1 WPUA0 --11 -111 --11 -111
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTA.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 40 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.3 PORTC and the TRISC Registers
PORTC is a general purpose I/O port consisting of 6
bidirec tional pins . The pins c an b e con figured for e ither
digital I/O or analog input to A/D Converter (ADC) or
Comparator. For specific information about individual
functio ns such a s the Enhan ced CCP or t he ADC , refer
to the appropriate section in this data sheet.
EXAMPLE 4- 2: INITIALI ZING PORTC
Note: The ANSEL register must be initialized to
configure an analog channel as a digital
input. Pi ns configu red as analo g inputs will
read ‘0’ and canno t gene rate an inte rrup t .
BCF STATUS,RP0 ;Bank 0
CLRF PORTC ;Init PORTC
BSF STATUS,RP0 ;Bank 1
CLRF ANSEL ;digital I/O
MOVLW 0Ch ;Set RC<3:2> as inputs
MOVWF TRISC ;and set RC<5:4,1:0>
;as outputs
BCF STATUS,RP0 ;Bank 0
REGISTER 4-6: PORTC: PORTC REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-x R/W-x
RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-0 RC<5:0>: PORTC I/O Pin bit
1 = PORTC pin is > VIH
0 = PORTC pin is < VIL
REGISTER 4-7: TRISC: PORTC T RI-STATE REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1
TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 5-0 TRISC<5:0>: PORTC Tri-State Control bit
1 = PORTC pin configured as an input (tri-stated)
0 = PORTC pin configured as an output
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 41
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
4.3.1 RC0/AN4(1)/C2IN+
The RC0 is configurable to function as one of the
following:
a general pu rpose I/ O
an analog input for the ADC(1)
an analog non-inverting input to Comparator C2
4.3.2 RC1/AN5(1)/C12IN1-
The RC1 is configurable to function as one of the
following:
a general pu rpose I/ O
an analog input for the ADC(1)
an analog inverting input to the comparator
FIGURE 4-6: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RC0
AND RC1
4.3.3 RC2/AN6(1)/C12IN2-/P1D(1)
The RC2 is configurable to function as one of the
following:
a general purpo se I/O
an analog input for the ADC(1)
an analog input to Comparators C1 and C2
a digita l outp ut from the Enha nc ed CCP(1)
4.3.4 RC3/AN7(1)/C12IN3-/P1C(1)
The RC3 is configurable to function as one of the
following:
a general purpo se I/O
an analog input for the ADC(1)
an analog inverting input to Comparators C1 and C2
a digita l outp ut from the Enha nc ed CCP(1)
FIGURE 4-7: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RC2
AND RC3
Note 1: PIC16F616/16HV616 only.
I/O Pi
n
VDD
VSS
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
Data Bus
WR
PORTC
WR
TRISC
RD
TRISC
To A/D Converter
RD
PORTC
Analog Input
Mode(1)
To Comparators
Note 1: Analog Input mode comes from ANSEL or
Comparator mode.
Note 1: PIC16F616/16HV616 only.
I/O Pin
VDD
VSS
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
Data Bus
WR
PORTC
WR
TRISC
RD
TRISC
To A/D Converter
RD
PORTC
Analog Input
Mode(1)
0
1
CCPOUT
CCPOUT(2)
Enable
Note 1: Analog Input mode comes from ANSEL.
2: PIC16F616/16HV616 only.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 42 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.3.5 RC4/C2OUT/P1B(1)
The RC4 is configurable to function as one of the
following:
a general pu rpose I/ O
a digital output from Comparator C2
a digital output from the Enhanced CCP(1)
FIGURE 4-8: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RC4
4.3.6 RC5/CCP1(1)/P1A(1)
The RC5 is configurable to function as one of the
following:
a general purpo se I/O
a digital input/output for the Enhanced CCP(1)
FIGURE 4-9: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RC5
PIN
TABLE 4-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTC
Note 1: PIC16F616/16HV616 only.
2: Enabling both C2OUT and P1B will cause
a conflict on RC4 and create unpredict able
results. Therefore, if C2OUT is enabled,
the ECCP can not be used in Half-Bridge
or Full-Bridge mode and vice-versa.
I/O Pin
VDD
VSS
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
Data Bus
WR
PORTC
WR
TRISC
RD
TRISC
RD
PORTC
0
1
Note 1: Port/Peripheral Select signals selects between
PORT data and peripheral output.
C2OE
CCP1M<3:0>
C2OE
C2OUT
CCP1M<3:0>
CCPOUT/P1B
Note 1: PIC16F616/16HV616 only.
I/O Pin
VDD
VSS
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
Data bus
WR
PORTC
WR
TRISC
RD
TRISC
To Enhanced CCP
RD
PORTC
0
1
CCP1OUT(1)/
CCP1OUT(1)
Enable
P1A
Note 1: PIC16F616/16HV616 only.
Name B i t 7 B it 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
ANSEL ANS7 ANS6 ANS5 ANS4 ANS3 ANS2 ANS1 ANS0 1111 1111 1111 1111
CCP1CON P1M1 P1M0 DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 0000 0000 0000 0000
CM1CON0 C1ON C1OUT C1OE C1POL C1R C1CH1 C1CH0 0000 -000 0000 -000
CM2CON0 C2ON C2OUT C2OE C2POL C2R C2CH1 C2CH0 0000 -000 0000 -000
PORTC RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 --xx 00xx --uu 00uu
TRISC TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 --11 1111 --11 1111
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTC.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 43
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
5.0 TIMER0 MODULE
The Timer0 module is an 8-bit timer/counter with the
following features:
8-bit timer/counter register (TMR0)
8-bit prescaler (shared with Watchdog Timer)
Programmable internal or external clock source
Programmable external clock edge selection
Inter rupt on ov erflow
Figure 5-1 is a block diagram of the Timer0 module.
5.1 Timer0 Operation
When use d as a tim er, the Timer0 modul e can be used
as either an 8-bit timer or an 8-bit counter.
5.1.1 8-BIT TIMER MODE
When used as a timer, the Timer0 module will
increment every instruction cycle (without prescaler).
Timer mode is selected by clearing the T0CS bit of the
OPTION register to0’.
When TMR0 is written, the increment is inhibited for
two instruction cycles immediately following the write.
5.1.2 8-BIT COUNTER MODE
When used as a counter, the Timer0 module will
increment on every rising or falling edge of the T0CKI
pin. The incrementing edge is determined by the T0SE
bit of the OPTION register . Counter mode is selected by
setting the T0CS bit of the OPTION register to 1’.
FIGURE 5-1: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE TIMER0/WDT PRESCALER
Note: The value writ ten to the T MR0 register can
be adju sted, in order to ac count for th e two
instruction cycle delay when TMR0 is
written.
T0CKI
T0SE
pin
TMR0
Watchdog
Timer
WDT
Time-out
PS<2:0>
WDTE
Data Bus
Set Flag bi t T0 IF
on Overflow
T0CS
Note 1: T0SE, T0CS, PSA, PS<2:0> are bits in the OPTION register.
2: WDTE bit is in the Configuration Word register.
0
1
0
1
0
1
Sync
2 Tcy
8
8
8-bit
Prescaler
0
1
FOSC/4
PSA
PSA
PSA
3
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 44 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
5.1.3 SOFTWARE PROGRAMMABLE
PRESCALER
A single software programmable prescaler is available
for use with either Timer0 or the Watchdog Timer
(WDT), but not both simultaneously. The prescaler
assignme nt is control led by the PSA bit o f the OPTI ON
register. To assign the p r esca ler t o Timer0, th e PSA b it
must be cleared to a ‘0’.
There are 8 prescaler options for the Timer0 module
ranging from 1:2 to 1:256. The prescale values are
select able via the PS<2:0> bit s of the OPTIO N register .
In order to have a 1:1 prescaler value for the Timer0
module, the prescaler must be assigned to the WDT
module.
The prescaler is not readable or writable. When
assigned to the T im er0 module, all instructions writing to
the TMR0 register will clear the prescaler.
When the prescaler is assigned to WDT, a CLRWDT
instruction will clear the prescaler along with the WDT.
5.1.3.1 Switching Prescaler Between
Timer0 and WDT Modules
As a result of having the prescaler assigned to either
Timer0 or the WDT, it is possible to generate an
unintended device Reset when switching prescaler
values . When chan gin g th e presca le r ass ig nme nt from
Timer0 to the WDT module, the instruction sequence
shown in Example 5-1 must be executed.
EXAMPLE 5-1: CHANGING PRESCALER
(TIMER0 WDT)
When changing the prescaler assignment from the
WDT to the Timer0 module, the following instruction
sequence must be executed (see Example 5-2).
EXAMPLE 5-2: CHANGING PRESCALER
(WDT TIMER0)
5.1.4 TIMER0 INTERRUPT
Timer0 will generate an interrupt when the TMR0
register overflows from FFh to 00h. The T0IF interrupt
flag bit of the INTCON register is set every time the
TMR0 register overflows, regardless of whether or not
the Timer0 interrupt is enabled. The T0IF bit must be
cleared in software. The Timer0 interrupt enable is the
T0IE bit of the INTCON register.
5.1.5 USING TIMER0 WITH AN
EXTERNAL CLOCK
When Timer0 is in Count er mode , the syn chronization
of the T0CKI input and the Timer0 register is
accomplished by samp ling the prescaler ou tput on the
Q2 and Q4 cycles of the internal phase clocks.
Therefore, the high and low periods of the external
clock source must meet the timing requirements as
shown in Section 15.0 “Electrical Specifications”.
BANKSEL TMR0 ;
CLRWDT ;Clear WDT
CLRF TMR0 ;Clear TMR0 and
;prescaler
BANKSEL OPTION_REG ;
BSF OPTION_REG,PSA ;Select WDT
CLRWDT ;
;
MOVLW b’11111000’ ;Mask prescaler
ANDWF OPTION_REG,W ;bits
IORLW b’00000101’ ;Set WDT prescaler
MOVWF OPTION_REG ;to 1:32
Note: The Timer0 interrupt cannot wake the
processor from Sleep since the timer is
frozen during Sleep.
CLRWDT ;Clear WDT and
;prescaler
BANKSEL OPTION_REG ;
MOVLW b’11110000’ ;Mask TMR0 select and
ANDWF OPTION_REG,W ;prescaler bits
IORLW b’00000011’ ;Set prescale to 1:16
MOVWF OPTION_REG ;
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 45
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
TABLE 5-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER0
REGISTER 5-1: OPTION_RE G: OPTION REGISTER
R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1
RAPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7 RAPU: POR TA Pull-up Enable bit
1 = PORTA pu ll-ups are disabled
0 = PORTA pull-ups are enabled by individual PORT latch values
bit 6 INTEDG: Interrupt Edge Select bit
1 = Interrupt on rising edge of INT pin
0 = Interrupt on falling edge of INT pin
bit 5 T0CS: TMR0 Clock Source Select bit
1 = Transit ion on T0CKI pin
0 = Internal instruction cycle clock (FOSC/4)
bit 4 T0SE: TMR0 Source Edge Select bit
1 = Increment on high-to-low transition on T0CKI pin
0 = Increment on low-to-high transition on T0 CKI pin
bit 3 PSA: Prescaler Assignme nt bit
1 = Prescaler is assigned to the WDT
0 = Prescaler is assigned to the Timer0 module
bit 2-0 PS<2:0>: Prescaler Rate Select bits
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
1 : 2
1 : 4
1 : 8
1 : 16
1 : 32
1 : 64
1 : 128
1 : 256
1 : 1
1 : 2
1 : 4
1 : 8
1 : 16
1 : 32
1 : 64
1 : 128
BIT VA LUE TMR 0 RA TE WDT RAT E
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
TMR0 Timer0 Modules Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RAIE T0IF INTF RAIF 0000 0000 0000 0000
OPTION_REG RAPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 --11 1111 --11 1111
Legend: – = Un im pl emented loc ati ons , re ad as 0’, u = unchanged, x = un kn ow n. Shad ed cells a r e no t u sed by th e
Timer0 module.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 46 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 47
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
6.0 TIMER1 MODULE WITH GATE
CONTROL
The Timer1 module is a 16-bit timer/counter with the
following features:
16-bit tim er/coun ter register p air (TMR 1H:TMR 1L)
Programmable internal or external clock source
3-bit prescaler
Op tional LP oscillator
Synchronous or asynchronous operation
Timer1 gate (count enable) via comparator or
T1G pin
Inter rupt on ov erflow
Wake-up on overflow (external cloc k,
Asynchronous mode only)
Time base for the Capture/Compare function
Specia l Event Trigger (with ECCP)
Comparator output synchronization to Timer1
clock
Figure 6-1 is a block diagram of the Timer1 module.
6.1 Timer1 Operation
The Timer1 module is a 16-bit incrementing counter
which is acces sed through the TMR 1H:TMR1L reg ister
pair. Writes to TMR1H or TMR1L directly update the
counter.
When us ed with an interna l clock so urce, the module i s
a time r. W hen used with an ext ernal cl ock so urce, the
module can be used as either a timer or counter.
6.2 Clock Source Selection
The TMR1CS bit of the T1CON register is used to select
the clock source. When TMR1CS = 0, the clock source
is FOSC/4. When TMR1CS = 1, the clock source is
supplied exte rnally.
FIGURE 6-1: TIMER1 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Clock Source TMR1CS T1ACS
FOSC/4 00
FOSC 01
T1CKI pin 1x
TMR1H TMR1L
Oscillator T1SYNC
T1CKPS<1:0>
FOSC/4
Internal
Clock
Prescaler
1, 2, 4, 8
1
0
0
1
Synchronized
clock input
2
Set flag bit
TMR1IF on
Overflow TMR1(2)
TMR1GE
TMR1ON
T1OSCEN
1
0
C2OUT
T1GSS
T1GINV
To C2 Comparator Module
Timer1 Clock
TMR1CS
OSC2/T1G
OSC1/T1CKI
Note 1: ST Buffer is low power type when using LP osc, or high speed type when using T1CKI.
2: Timer1 register increments on rising edge.
3: Synchronize does not operate while in Sleep.
(1)
EN
INTOSC
Without CLKOUT 1
0
T1ACS
FOSC
Synchronize(3)
det
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 48 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
6.2.1 INTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE
When the internal clock source is selected the
TMR1H:TMR1L register pair will increment on multiples
of TCY as determined by the Timer1 prescaler.
6.2.2 EXT ERNAL CLOCK SOURCE
When the external clock sour ce is selected, the Timer1
module may wo rk as a timer or a cou nter.
When counting, Timer1 is incremented on the rising
edge of the external clock input T1CKI. In addition, the
Counter mode clock can be synchronized to the
microcontroller system clock or run async hronously.
If an external clock oscillator is needed (and the
microc ontroller is using the INTOS C withou t CLKOUT),
Timer1 can use the LP oscillator as a clock source.
6.3 Timer1 Prescaler
Timer1 has four prescaler options allowing 1, 2, 4 or 8
divisions of the clock input. The T1CKPS bits of the
T1CON register control the prescale counter. The
prescale counter is not directly readable or writable;
however , the prescaler counter is cleared upon a write to
TMR1H or TMR1L.
6.4 Timer1 Oscillator
A low-power 32.768 kHz crystal oscillator is built-in
between pins OSC1 (input) and OSC2 (output). The
oscillator is enabled by setting the T1OSCEN control
bit of th e T1CON register. The oscillat or will con tinue to
run during Sleep.
The Timer1 oscillator is shared with the system LP
oscillator. Thus, Timer1 can use this mode only when
the primary system clock is derived from the internal
oscillator or when the oscillator is in the LP Oscillator
mode. The us er must provi de a so ftwar e time dela y to
ens ure pr oper oscilla tor start- up.
TRISA5 and TRISA4 bits are set when the Timer1
oscill ato r is enabled. RA 5 an d R A4 b its read as ‘0’ an d
TRIS A5 and TRISA4 bits read as ‘1’.
6.5 Timer1 Operation in
Asynchronous Counter Mode
If control bit T1SYNC of the T1CON register is set, the
external clock input is not synchronized. The timer
continues to increment asynchronous to the internal
phase clocks. The timer will continue to run during
Sleep and can generate an interrupt on overflow,
which will wake-up the processor. However, special
precautions in software are needed to read/write the
timer (see Section 6.5.1 “Reading and Writing
Timer1 in Asynchronous C ounter Mode”).
6.5.1 READING AND WRITING T IMER1 IN
ASYNCHRONOUS COUNTER
MODE
Reading TMR1H or TMR1L while the timer is running
from an e xternal asyn chronous cl ock will ens ure a valid
read (taken care of in hardware). However, the user
should keep i n mind that rea ding t he 16-bi t time r in tw o
8-bit values itself, poses certain problems, since the
timer may overflow between the reads.
For writes , it is re commend ed that th e user s imply sto p
the timer and write the desired values. A write
conte ntion may occ ur by writin g to th e time r regi sters,
while the register is incrementing. This may pro duce an
unpredictable value in the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair .
6.6 Timer1 Gate
Timer1 gate source is software configurable to be the
T1G pin or the output of Comparator C2. This allows the
device to directly time external events using T1G or
analog events using Comparator C2. See the
CM2CON1 register (Register 8-3) for selecting the
Timer1 gate source. This feature can simplify the
software for a Delta-Sigma A/D converter and many
other applications. For more informatio n on Delta-Sigma
A/D converters, see the Microchip web site
(www.microchip.com).
Timer1 gate can be inverted using the T1GINV bit of
the T1CON register, whether it orig inates from the T1G
pin or Comparator C2 output. This configures Timer1 to
measure either the active-high or active-low time
between events.
Note: In Counter mode, a falling edge must be
registered by the counter prior to the first
incr em enti ng ris ing edge.
Note: The oscillator requires a start-up and
stabilization time before use. Thus,
T1OSCEN should be set and a suitable
delay obs erv ed prio r to enabli ng Timer1.
Note: When switching from synchronous to
asynchronous operation, it is possible to
skip an increment. When switching from
asynchronous to synchronous operation,
it is possible to produce an additional
increment.
Note: TMR1GE bit of the T1CON register must
be set to us e ei ther T1G or C2OUT as the
Timer1 gate source. See the CM2CON1
register (Register 8-3) for more informa-
tion on selecting the Timer1 gate source.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 49
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
6.7 Timer1 Interrupt
The Timer1 register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L) increments
to FFFFh and rolls over to 0000h. When Timer1 rolls
over, the T i mer1 in terrupt fl ag bit of th e PIR1 regis ter is
set. To enable the interrupt on rollover, you must set
these bits:
TMR1IE bit of the PIE1 register
PEIE bit of the INTCON register
GIE bit of the INTCON register
T1SYNC bit of the T1CON register
TMR1CS bit of the T1CON register
T1OSCEN bit of the T1CON register (can be set)
The interrupt is cleared by clearing the TMR1IF bit in
the Interrupt Service Routine.
6.8 Timer1 Operation During Sleep
Timer1 can only operate during Sleep when setup in
Asynch ronous Counter mode. In this mode, an external
crystal or clock source can be used to increment the
counter. To set up the timer to wake the device:
TMR1ON bit of the T1CON register must be set
TMR1IE bit of the PIE1 register must be set
PEIE bit of the INTCON register must be set
The device will wake-up on an overflow and execute
the next instruction. If the GIE bit of the INTCON
register is set, the device will call the Interrupt Service
Routine (0004h).
6.9 ECCP Capture/Compare Time Base
(PIC16F616/16HV616 Only)
The ECCP module uses the TMR1H:TMR1L register
pair as the time base when operating in Capture or
Compare mode.
In Capture mode, the value in the TMR1H:TMR1L
register pair is copied into the CCPR1H:CCPR1L
register pair on a configured event.
In Compare mo de, an event is triggered when the value
CCPR1H:CCPR1L register pair matches the value in
the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair. This event can be a
Special E vent Trigger.
For more information, see Section 10.0 “Enhanced
Capture/Compare/PWM (With Auto-Shutdown and
Dead Band) Module (PIC16F616/16HV616 Only)”.
6.10 ECCP Special Event Trigger
(PIC16F616/16HV616 Only)
When the ECCP is configured to trigger a special
event, the trigger will clear the TMR1H:TMR1L register
pair. This special event does not cause a Timer1 inter-
rupt. The EC CP mo dule ma y stil l be con figured to gen-
erate a ECCP interrupt.
In this mode of operation, the CCP R1H:CCPR1L reg ister
pair effectively becomes the period register for Timer1.
T imer1 should be synchronized to the FOSC to utilize the
Special Event Trigger. Asynchronous operation of
T imer1 can cause a Special Event Tr igger to be missed.
In the eve nt that a wri te to TMR1H or TM R1L coinci des
with a Special Event Trigger from the ECCP, the write
will take precedence.
For more information, see Section 10.2.4 “Special
Event Trigger”.
6.11 Comparator Synchronization
The same clock us ed to increment Timer1 can also be
used to synchronize the comparator output. This
feature is enabled in the Comparator module.
When using the comparator for Timer1 gate, the
comparator output should be synchronized to Timer1.
This ensures Timer1 does not miss an increment if the
comp ara tor changes.
For more information, see Section 8.8.2
“Synchron izing Comparator C2 Output to Timer1”.
FIGURE 6-2: TIMER1 INCREMENTING EDGE
Note: The T MR1H:TTMR1L register p air and the
TMR1IF bit should be cleared before
enabling interrupts.
T1CKI = 1
when TMR1
Enabled
T1CKI = 0
when TMR1
Enabled
Note 1: Arrows indicate counter incremen ts.
2: In Counter mode, a falling edge must be registered by the counter prior to the first incrementing rising edge of the clock
.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 50 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
6.12 Timer1 Control Register
The Timer1 Control register (T1CON), shown in
Register 6-1, is used to control Timer1 and select the
various features of the Timer1 module.
REGISTER 6-1: T1CON: TIMER1 CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
T1GINV(1) TMR1GE(2) T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7 T1GINV: Timer1 Gate Invert bit(1)
1 = Timer1 gate is active-high (Timer1 counts when gate is high)
0 = Timer1 gate is active-low (Timer1 counts when gate is low)
bit 6 TMR1GE: Timer1 Gate Enable bit(2)
If TMR1ON = 0:
This bit is ignored
If TMR1ON = 1:
1 = Timer1 counting is controlled by the Timer1 Gate function
0 = Timer1 is always counting
bit 5-4 T1CKPS<1:0>: Timer1 Input Clock Prescale Select bits
11 = 1:8 Prescale Value
10 = 1:4 Prescale Value
01 = 1:2 Prescale Value
00 = 1:1 Prescale Value
bit 3 T1OSCEN: LP Osci lla tor Enab le C ontro l bit
If INTOSC without CLKOUT oscillator is active:
1 = LP oscillator is enabled for Timer1 clock
0 = LP oscillator is off
Else:
This bit is ignored
bit 2 T1SYNC: Timer1 External Clock Input Synchronization Control bit
TMR1 CS = 1:
1 = Do not synchroniz e exte rnal cloc k inp ut
0 = Synchronize external clock input
TMR1 CS = 0:
This bit is ignored. Timer1 uses the internal clock
bit 1 TMR1CS: Timer1 Clock Sourc e Sele ct bit
1 = External clock from T1CKI pin (on the rising edge)
0 = Internal clock
If TMR1ACS = 0:
FOSC/4
If TMR1ACS = 1:
FOSC
bit 0 TMR1ON: Timer1 On bit
1 = Enables Timer1
0 = Stops Timer1
Note 1: T1GINV bit inverts the Timer1 gate logic, regardless of source.
2: TMR1GE b it mu st be set to us e eithe r T1G pin or C2OUT, as selec ted b y the T1GSS b it of th e CM2CO N1
register, as a Timer1 gate source.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 51
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
TABLE 6-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER1
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
CM2CON0 C2ON C2OUT C2OE C2POL C2R C2CH1 C2CH0 0000 -000 0000 -000
CM2CON1 MC1OUT MC2OUT —T1ACSC1HYS C2HYS T1GSS C2SYNC 00-0 0010 00-0 0010
INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RAIE T0IF INTF RAIF 0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1 ADIE(1) CCP1IE(1) C2IE C1IE TMR2IE(1) TMR1IE -000 0-00 -000 0-00
PIR1 ADIF(1) CCP1IF(1) C2IF C1IF TMR2IF(1) TMR1IF -000 0-00 -000 0-00
TMR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
T1CON T1GINV TMR1GE T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, = unimplemented, read as0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer1 module.
Note 1: PIC16 F6 16/ 16H V6 16 onl y.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 52 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 53
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
7.0 TIMER2 MODULE
(PIC16F616/16HV616 ONLY)
The Timer2 module is an 8-bit timer with the following
features:
8-bit timer register (TMR2)
8-bit period register (PR2)
Interrupt on TMR2 match with PR2
Software programmable prescaler (1:1, 1:4, 1:16)
Software programmable postscaler (1:1 to 1:16)
See Figure 7-1 for a block diagram of Timer2.
7.1 Timer2 Operation
The clock input to the Timer2 module is the system
instruction clock (FOSC/4). The clock is fed into the
Timer2 prescaler, which has prescale options of 1:1,
1:4 or 1:16. The output of the prescaler is then use d to
increm ent the TM R2 regis ter.
The val ues of T MR2 and PR2 are co nstan tly com pared
to determine when they match. TMR2 will increment
from 00h until it matches the value in PR2. When a
match occurs, two things happen:
TMR2 is reset to 00h on the next increment cycle.
The Timer2 postscaler is incremented
The match output of the Timer2/PR2 comparator is
then fed into th e T i mer2 post sca ler. The post sca ler ha s
post scal e options of 1 :1 to 1: 16 inclus ive. The output of
the Timer2 postscaler is used to set the TMR2IF
interrupt flag bit in the PIR1 register.
The TMR2 and PR2 registers are both fully readable
and w rita ble. O n any Rese t, the TMR2 regis ter is set to
00h and the PR2 register is set to FFh.
Timer2 is turned on by setting the TMR2ON bit in the
T2CON register to a ‘1’. Timer2 is turned off by setting
the TMR2ON bit to a ‘0’.
The Timer2 prescaler is contro lle d by the T2CKPS bits
in the T2CON register. The Timer2 postscaler is
controlled by the TOUTPS bits in the T2CON register.
The prescaler and postscaler counters are cleared
when:
A write to TMR2 occurs.
A write to T2CON occurs.
Any device Reset occurs (Power-on Rese t, MCLR
Reset, Watchdog Timer Reset, or Brown-out
Reset).
FIGURE 7-1: TIMER2 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note: TMR2 is not cleared when T2CON is
written.
Comparator
TMR2 Sets Flag
TMR2
Output
Reset
Postscaler
Prescaler
PR2
2
FOSC/4
1:1 to 1:16
1:1, 1:4, 1:16
EQ
4
bit TMR2IF
TOUTPS<3:0>
T2CKPS<1:0>
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 54 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 7-1: SUMMARY OF ASSOCIATED TIMER2 REGISTERS
REGISTER 7-1: T2CON: TIMER2 CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 6-3 TOUTPS<3:0>: Timer2 Output Postscaler Select bits
0000 = 1:1 Postscaler
0001 = 1:2 Postscaler
0010 = 1:3 Postscaler
0011 = 1:4 Postscaler
0100 = 1:5 Postscaler
0101 = 1:6 Postscaler
0110 = 1:7 Postscaler
0111 = 1:8 Postscaler
1000 = 1:9 Postscaler
1001 = 1:10 Postscaler
1010 = 1:11 Postscale r
1011 = 1:12 Postscaler
1100 = 1:13 Postscaler
1101 = 1:14 Postscaler
1110 = 1:15 Postscaler
1111 = 1:16 Postscaler
bit 2 TMR2ON: Timer2 On bit
1 = Timer2 is on
0 = Timer2 is off
bit 1-0 T2CKPS<1:0>: Timer2 Clock Prescale Select bits
00 = Prescaler is 1
01 = Prescaler is 4
1x = Prescaler is 16
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RAIE T0IF INTF RAIF 0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1 ADIE(1) CCP1IE(1) C2IE C1IE —TMR2IE
(1) TMR1IE -000 0-00 -000 0-00
PIR1 ADIF(1) CCP1IF(1) C2IF C1IF —TMR2IF
(1) TMR1IF -000 0-00 -000 0-00
PR2 Timer2 Module Period Register 1111 1111 1111 1111
TMR2 Holding Register for the 8-bit TMR2 Register 0000 0000 0000 0000
T2CON TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 -000 0000 -000 0000
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, = unimplemente d read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for Timer2 module.
Note 1: PIC16F616/16HV616 only.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 55
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
8.0 COMPARATOR MODULE
Comparators are used to interface analog circuits to a
digital circuit by comparing two analog voltages and
providing a digital indication of their relative magnitudes.
The comparators are very useful mixed signal building
blocks because they provide analog functionality
independent of the device. The Analog Comparator
module includes the following features:
Independent comparator control
Programmable input selection
Comparator ou tput is avail able internall y/externally
Programmable output polarity
Interrupt-on-change
Wake-up from Sleep
•PWM shutdown
Timer1 gate (count enable )
Output synchronization to Timer1 clock input
•SR Latch
Programmable and fixed voltage reference
User-e nab le Comparator Hysteresis
8.1 Comparator Overview
A single comparator is shown in Figure 8-1 along with
the relationship between the analog input levels and
the digital output. When the analog voltage at VIN+ is
less than the analog voltage at VIN-, the output of the
comparator is a digital low level. When the analog
voltage at VIN+ is greater than the analog voltage at
VIN-, the outp ut of the comp arator is a digita l high le vel.
FIGURE 8-1: SINGLE COMP ARATOR
Note: Only Comparator C2 can be linked to
Timer1.
+
VIN+
VIN-Output
Output
VIN+
VIN-
Note: The black areas of the output of the
comparator represents the uncertainty
due to input offsets and response time.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 56 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 8-2: COMPARATOR C1 SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 8-3: COMPARATOR C2 SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note 1: When C1ON = 0, the C1 comparator will produce a ‘0’ output to th e XO R Gate.
2: Output shown for reference only. See I/O port pin block diagram for more detail.
C1POL
C1OUT
To PWM Logic
C1OE
RD_CM1CON0
Set C 1IF
To
DQ
EN
Q1 Data Bus
C1POL
DQ
EN
CL
Q3*RD_CM1CON0
Reset
C1OUT pin(2)
MUX
C1
0
1
2
3
C1ON(1)
C1CH<1:0> 2
0
1
C1R
C1VREF MUX
C1VIN-
C1VIN+
C12IN0-
C12IN1-
C12IN2-
C12IN3-
C1IN+ +
-
MUX C2
C2POL
C2OUT To other peripherals
0
1
2
3
C2ON(1)
C2CH<1:0> 2
0
1
C2R
From Timer1
Clock
Note 1: W hen C2ON = 0, the C2 comparator will produce a ‘0’ output to the XOR Gate.
2: Output shown for reference only. See I/O port pin block diagram for more detail.
C2OE
C2VREF MUX
DQ
EN
DQ
EN
CL
DQ
RD_CM2CON0
Q3*RD_CM2CON0
Q1
Set C2IF
To
Reset
C2VIN-
C2VIN+
C2OUT pin(2)
C2IN+
C12IN0-
C12IN1-
C2IN2-
C2IN3-
0
1
C2SYNC
C2POL Data Bus
MUX
SYNCC2OUT
To Timer1 Gate
To SR Latch
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 57
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
8.2 Comparator Control
Each comparator has a separate control and
Configuration register: CM1CON0 for Comparator C1
and CM2CON0 for Comparator C2. In addition,
Comparator C2 has a second control register,
CM2CON1, for controlling the interaction with Timer1 and
simultaneous reading of both comparator outputs.
The CM1CON0 and CM2CON0 registers (see Registers
8-1 and 8-2, respectively) contain the control and Status
bits for the following:
Enable
Input selection
Reference selection
•Output selection
Output pol arit y
8.2.1 COMPARATOR ENABLE
Setting the CxON bit of the CMxCON0 register enables
the comparator for operation. Clearing the CxON bit
disables the comparator for minimum current
consumption.
8.2.2 COMPARATOR INPUT SELECTION
The CxCH<1:0> bits of the CMxCON0 register direct
one of four analog input pins to the comparator
inverting input.
8.2.3 COMPARATOR REFERENCE
SELECTION
Setting the CxR bit of the CMxCON0 register directs an
internal voltage reference or an analog input pin to the
non-inverting input of the comp arator. See Section 8.11
“Compa rator V o ltage Reference for more information
on the internal voltage reference module.
8.2.4 COMPARATOR OUTPUT SELECTION
The output of the comparator can be monitored by
reading either the CxOUT bit of the CMxCON0 register
or the MCxOUT bit of the CM2CON1 register. In order
to make the output available for an external connection,
the following conditions must be true:
CxOE bit of the CMxCON0 register must be set
Corresponding TRIS bit must be cleared
CxON bit of the CMxCON0 register must be set.
8.2.5 COMPA RATOR OUTPUT POLARITY
Inverting the output of the comparator is functionally
equivalent to swapping the comparator inputs. The
polarity of the comparator output can be inverted by
setting the CxPOL bit of the CMxCON0 register.
Clearing the CxPOL bit results in a non-inverted output.
Table 8-1 shows the output state versus input
conditions, including polarity control.
8.3 Comparator Response Time
The comparator output is indeterminate for a period of
time afte r the change of an i nput source or the selection
of a new refe rence volta ge. This period is refer red to as
the response time. The response time of the
comparator differs from the settling time of the voltage
reference. Therefore, both of these times must be
considered when determining the total response time
to a comparator input change. See the Comparator and
Voltage Reference Specifications in Section 15.0
“Electrical Specifications” for more details.
Note: To use CxIN+ and CxIN- pins as analog
inputs , the appropriate bits must be set in
the ANSEL register and the corresponding
TRIS bits must also be set to disable the
output dr ivers.
Note 1: The CxOE bit overrides the PORT data
latch. Setting the CxON has no impact on
the port overrid e.
2: The internal output of the comparator is
latched with each instruction cycle.
Unless otherwise specified, external
outputs are not latched.
TABLE 8-1: COMPARATOR OUTPUT
STATE VS. INPUT
CONDITIONS
Input Condition CxPOL CxOUT
CxVIN- > CxVIN+00
CxVIN- < CxVIN+01
CxVIN- > CxVIN+11
CxVIN- < CxVIN+10
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 58 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
8.4 Comparator Interrupt Operation
The comparator interrupt flag can be set whenever
there is a chang e in the o utput val ue of the compa rator.
Changes are recognized by means of a mismatch
circuit which consists of two latches and an
exclus ive-or gate (se e Figur e 8-2 and Figure 8-3). One
latch is updated with the comparator output level when
the CMxCON0 register is read. This latch retains the
value until the next read of the CMxCON0 register or
the occurrence of a Reset. The other latch of the
mismatch circuit is up dated on every Q1 system clock.
A mismatch condition will occur when a comparator
output change is clocked through the second latch on
the Q1 clock cycle. At this point the two mismatch
latches have opposite output levels which is detected
by the exclusive-or gate and fed to the interrupt
circuitry. The mismatch condition persists until either
the CMxCON0 register is read or the comparator
output returns to the previous state.
The comparator interrupt is set by the mismatch edge
and not the mismatch level. This means that the inter-
rupt flag can be reset without the additional step of
reading or writing the CMxCON0 register to clear the
mismatch registers. When the mismatch registers are
cleared, an interrupt will occur upon the comparator s
return to the previous state, otherwise no interrupt will
be generated.
Software will need to maintain information about the
status of the comparator output, as read from the
CMxCON0 register, or CM2CON1 register , to determine
the actual change that has occ urred.
The CxIF bit of the PIR1 register is the comparator
interrupt flag. This bit must be reset in software by
clearing it to0’. Since i t is a lso po ssib le t o writ e a ‘1’ to
this register, an interrupt can be generated.
The CxIE bi t of the PIE1 re gister and the PEIE and G IE
bits of the INTCON register must all be set to enable
comparator interrupts. If any of these bits are cleared,
the interru pt is not en abled, alt hough the Cx IF bit of the
PIR1 register will still be set if an interrupt condition
occurs.
FIGURE 8-4: COMPARATOR
INTERRUPT TIMING W/O
CMxCON0 READ
FIGURE 8-5: COMPARATOR
INTERRUPT TIMING WITH
CMxCON0 READ
Note 1: A write operation to the CMxCON0
register will also clear the mismatch
condition because all writes include a read
operation at the beginning of the write
cycle.
2: Comparator interrupts will operate correctly
regardless of the state of CxOE.
Note 1: If a change in the CMxCON0 register
(CxOUT ) should occu r when a read op er-
ation is being executed (start of the Q2
cycle), then the CxIF of the PIR1 register
interrupt flag may not get set.
2: When either comparator is first enabled,
bias circuitry in the comparator module
may cause an invalid output from the
comparator until the bias circuitry is stable.
Allow about 1 μs for bias settling then clear
the mismatch condition and interrupt flags
before enabling comparator interrupts.
Q1
Q3
CxIN+
CxOUT
Set CxIF (edge)
CxIF
TRT
reset by software
Q1
Q3
CxIN+
CxOUT
Set CxIF (edge)
CxIF
TRT
reset by software
cleared by CMxCON0 read
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 59
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
8.5 Operation During Sleep
The compa rator , if enabled b efore entering Sleep mode,
remains active during Sleep. The additional current
consumed by the comparator is shown separately in
Section 15.0 “Electrical Specifications”. If the
comparator is not used to wake the device, power
consumption can be minimized while in Sleep mode by
turning off the comp arator. Each comparator is turned off
by clearing the CxON bit of the CMxCON0 register.
A change to the comparator output can wake-up the
device from Sleep. To enable the comparator to wake
the devic e from Sle ep, the CxIE bit of the PIE1 reg ister
and the PEIE bit of the INTCON register must be set.
The instruction following the Sleep instruction always
executes following a wake from Sleep. If the GIE bit of
the INTCON register is also set, the device will then
execute the interrupt service routine.
8.6 Effects of a Reset
A device Reset forces the CMxCON0 and CM2CON1
registers to their Reset states. This forces both
comparators and the voltage references to their OFF
states.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 60 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 8-1: CM1CON0: COMPARATOR 1 CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0 R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
C1ON C1OUT C1OE C1POL C1R C1CH1 C1CH0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7 C1ON: Comparator C1 Enable bit
1 = Comparator C1 is enabled
0 = Comparator C1 is disabled
bit 6 C1OUT: Comparator C1 Output bit
If C1POL = 1 (inverted polarity):
C1OUT = 0 when C1VIN+ > C1VIN-
C1OUT = 1 when C1VIN+ < C1VIN-
If C1POL = 0 (non-inverted polarity):
C1OUT = 1 when C1VIN+ > C1VIN-
C1OUT = 0 when C1VIN+ < C1VIN-
bit 5 C1OE: Comparator C1 Output Enable bit
1 = C1OUT is present on the C1OUT pin(1)
0 = C1OUT is internal only
bit 4 C1POL: Comparator C1 Output Polarity Select bit
1 = C1OUT logic is inverted
0 = C1OUT logic is not inverted
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 2 C1R: Comparator C1 Reference Select bit ( non-inverting input)
1 = C1VIN+ connects to C1VREF output
0 = C1VIN+ connects to C1IN+ pin
bit 1-0 C1CH<1:0>: Comparator C1 Channel Select bit
00 = C12IN0- pin of C1 connects to C1VIN-
01 = C12IN1- pin of C1 connects to C1 VIN-
10 = C12IN2- pin of C1 connects to C1VIN-
11 = C12IN3- pin of C1 connects to C1VIN-
Note 1: Comparator output requires the following three conditions: C1OE = 1, C1ON = 1 and corresponding port
TRIS bit = 0.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 61
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
REGISTER 8-2: CM2CON0: COMPARATOR 2 CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0 R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
C2ON C2OUT C2OE C2POL C2R C2CH1 C2CH0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7 C2ON: Comparator C2 Enable bit
1 = Compar ator C2 is enab led
0 = Comparator C2 is disabled
bit 6 C2OUT: Comparator C2 Output bit
If C2POL = 1 (inverted polarity):
C2OUT = 0 when C2VIN+ > C2VIN-
C2OUT = 1 when C2VIN+ < C2VIN-
If C2POL = 0 (non-inverted polarity):
C2OUT = 1 when C2VIN+ > C2VIN-
C2OUT = 0 when C2VIN+ < C2VIN-
bit 5 C2OE: Comparator C2 Output Enable bit
1 = C2OUT is present on C2OUT pin(1)
0 = C2OUT is internal only
bit 4 C2POL: Comparator C2 Output Polarity Select bit
1 = C2OUT logic is inverted
0 = C2OUT logic is not inverted
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 2 C2R: Comparator C2 Reference Select bits (non-inverting input)
1 = C2VIN+ connects to C2VREF
0 = C2VIN+ connects to C2IN+ pin
bit 1-0 C2CH<1:0>: Comparator C2 Channel Select bits
00 = C2VIN- pin of C2 c onnects to C12IN 0-
01 = C2VIN- pin of C2 c onnects to C12IN 1-
10 = C2VIN- pin of C2 c onnects to C12IN 2-
11 = C2VIN- pin of C2 c onnects to C12IN 3-
Note 1: Comparator output requires the following three conditions: C2OE = 1, C2ON = 1 and corresponding port
TRIS bit = 0.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 62 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
8.7 Comparator Analog Input
Connection Considerations
A simplified circuit for an analog input is shown in
Figure 8-6. Sinc e the analo g input pi ns share t heir con-
nection with a digital input, they have reverse biased
ESD protection diodes to VDD and VSS. The analog
input, therefore, must be between VSS and VDD. If the
input voltage deviates from this range by more than
0.6V in either direction, one of the diodes is forward
biased and a latch-up may occur.
A maximum source impedance of 10 kΩ is recommended
for the analog sources. Also, any external component
connected to an anal og inpu t pin, such as a capacitor or
a Zener diode, should h ave very little leakage curr ent to
minimize inaccuracies introduced.
FIGURE 8-6: ANALOG INPUT MODEL
Note 1: When reading a PORT register, all pins
configu red a s anal og inp uts will read as a
0’. Pins configured as digital inputs will
convert as an analog input, according to
the input specification.
2: Analog levels on any pin defined as a
digit al input, may ca use the input buff er to
consume more current than is specified.
VA
Rs < 10K
CPIN
5 pF
VDD
VT 0.6V
VT 0.6V
RIC
ILEAKAGE
±500 nA
Vss
AIN
Legend: CPIN = Input Capacitanc e
ILEAKAGE = Leakage Current at the pin due to various junctions
RIC = Interconne ct Resista nce
RS= Source I mpedance
VA= Analog Voltage
VT= Threshold Voltage
To ADC Input
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 63
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
8.8 Additional Comparator Features
There are three additional comparator features:
Timer1 count enable (gate)
Synchronizing output with Timer1
Simultaneous read of comparator outputs
8.8.1 COMPARATOR C2 GATING TIMER1
This feat ure can be used to time the d uration or interva l
of analog events. Clearing the T1GSS bit of the
CM2CON1 register will enable Timer1 to increment
based on the output of Comparator C2. This requires
that Timer1 is on and gating is enabled. See
Section 6.0 “Timer1 Module with Gate Control” for
details.
It is recommended to synchronize the comparator with
Timer1 by setting the C2SYNC bit when the comparator
is us ed as t he T imer1 gate sou rce. Thi s ensur es T imer1
does not miss a n incr eme nt if the compara tor ch an ges
during an increment.
8.8.2 SYNCHRONIZING COMPARATOR
C2 OUTPUT TO TIMER1
The Comparator C2 output can be synchronized with
Timer1 by setting the C2SYNC bit of the CM2CON1
register . When enabled, the C2 output is latched on the
falling edge of the Timer1 clock source. If a prescaler is
used with Timer1, the comparator output is latched after
the prescaling function. To prevent a race condition, the
comparator o utput is latch ed on the falling e dge of th e
Timer1 clock source and Timer1 increments on the
rising edge of its clock source. See the Comparator
Block Diagram (Figure 8-3) and the Timer1 Block
Diagram (Figure 6-1) for more information.
8.8.3 SIMULTANEOUS COMPARATOR
OUTPUT READ
The MC1OUT and MC2OUT bits of the CM2CON1
register are mirror copies of both comparator outputs.
The ability to read both outputs simultaneously from a
single register eliminates the timing skew of reading
separate registers.
Note 1: Obtaining the status of C1OUT or C2OUT
by readi ng C M2CON 1 do es not af fect th e
comparator interrupt mism atch r egisters.
REGISTER 8-3: CM2CON1: COMPARATOR 2 CONTROL REGISTER 1
R-0 R-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-1 R/W-0
MC1OUT MC2OUT T1ACS C1HYS C2HYS T1GSS C2SYNC
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set 0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7 MC1OUT: M irror Copy of C1OUT bit
bit 6 MC2OUT: M irror Copy of C2OUT bit
bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 4 T1ACS: Timer1 Alternate Clock Select bit
1 = Timer1 clock source is the system clock (FOSC)
0 = Timer1 clock source is the internal clock FOSC/4)
bit 3 C1HYS: Comparator C1 Hysteresis Enable bit
1 = Comparator C1 Hysteresis enabled
0 = Comparator C1 Hysteresis disabled
bit 2 C2HYS: Comparator C2 Hysteresis Enable bit
1 = Comparator C2 Hysteresis enabled
0 = Comparator C2 Hysteresis disabled
bit 1 T1GSS: Timer1 Gate Sour ce Select bi t
1 = Timer1 gate source is T1G
0 = Timer1 gate source is SYNCC2OUT.
bit 0 C2SYNC: Comparator C2 Output Synchronization bit
1 = C2 Output is synchronous to falling edge of Timer1 clock
0 = C2 Output is asynchronous
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 64 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
8.9 Comparator Hysteresis
Each comparator has built-in hysteresis that is user
enabled by setting the C1HYS or C2HYS bits of the
CM2CON1 register. The hysteresis feature can help
filter noise and reduce multiple comparator output
transitions when the output is changing state.
Figure 8-9 shows the relationship between the analog
input levels and digital output of a comp a r ato r w ith an d
without hysteresis. The output of the comparator
changes from a low state to a high state only w hen the
analog voltage at VIN+ rises above the uppe r hysteresis
threshol d (VH+). The output of th e compara tor changes
from a high state to a low state only when the analog
voltage at VIN+ falls below the lower hysteresis
threshold (VH-).
FIGURE 8-7: COMPARATOR HYSTERESIS
+
VIN+
VIN-Output
Note: The black areas of the comparator output represents the uncertainty due to input offsets and response time
.
VH-
VH+
VIN-
V+
VIN+
Output
(Without Hysteresis)
Output
(With Hysteresis)
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 65
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
T ABLE 8-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE COMPARATOR AND VOLTAGE
REFERENCE MODULES
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Va lue on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
ANSEL ANS7 ANS6 ANS5 ANS4 ANS3 ANS2 ANS1 ANS0 1111 1111 1111 1111
CM1CON0 C1ON C1OUT C1OE C1POL C1SP C1R C1CH1 C1CH0 0000 0000 0000 0000
CM2CON0 C2ON C2OUT C2OE C2POL C2SP C2R C2CH1 C2CH0 0000 0000 0000 0000
CM2CON1 MC1OUT MC2OUT T1ACS C1HYS C2HYS T1GSS C2SYNC 00-0 0010 00-0 0010
INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RAIE T0IF INTF RAIF 0000 000x 0000 000x
PIE1 ADIE(1) CCP1IE(1) C2IE C1IE TMR2IE(1) TMR1IE -000 0-00 -000 0-00
PIR1 ADIF(1) CCP1IF(1) C2IF C1IF TMR2IF(1) TMR1IF -000 0-00 -000 0-00
PORTA RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 --x0 x000 --x0 x000
PORTC RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 --xx 00xx --uu 00uu
SRCON0 SR1 SR0 C1SEN C2REN PULSS PULSR SRCLKEN 0000 00-0 0000 00-0
SRCON1 SRCS1 SRCS0 00-- ---- 00-- ----
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 --11 1111 --11 1111
TRISC TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 1111 1111 1111 1111
VRCON C1VREN C2VREN VRR FVREN VR3 VR2 VR1 VR0 0000 0000 0000 0000
Legend: x = unknown , u = un changed, – = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for comparator.
Note 1: PIC16F616/16HV616 only.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 66 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
8.10 Comparator SR Latch
The SR latch module provides additional control of the
comparator outputs. The module consists of a single
SR latch and output multiplexers. The SR latch can be
set, reset or toggled by the comparator outputs. The SR
latch may also be set or reset, independent of
comparator output, by control bits in the SRCON0
control register. The SR latch output multiplexers select
whether the latch output s or the comparator outputs are
directed to the I/O port log ic for ev entual outpu t to a pin.
The SR latch also has a variable clock, which is con-
nected to the set input of the latch. The SRCLKEN bit
of SRCON0 enables the SR latch set clock. The clock
will period ically p ulse the set input of the lat ch. Cont rol
over t he frequenc y of the SR latc h set clock is provide d
by the SRCS<1:0> bits of SRCON1 register.
8.10.1 LATCH OPERATION
The latch is a Set-Reset latch that does not depend o n a
clock source. Each of the Set and Reset inputs are
active-high. Each latch input is connected to a
comparator output and a software controlled pulse
generator . The latch can be set by C1OUT or the PULSS
bit of the SRCON0 register. The latch can be reset by
C2OUT or the PULSR bit of the SRCON0 register. The
latch is reset-dominant, therefore, if both Set and Reset
inputs are high the latch will go to the Reset state. Both
the PULSS and PULSR bits are self resetting which
means that a single write to either of the bits is all that is
necessary to comple te a latch Set or Reset operation.
8.10.2 LATCH OUTPUT
The SR<1:0> bits of the SRCON0 register control the
latch output multiplexers and determine four possible
output configurations. In these four configurations, the
CxOUT I/O port logic is connected to:
C1 OUT and C2OUT
C1OUT and SR latch Q
C2OUT and SR latch Q
SR latch Q and Q
After any Reset, the default output configuration is the
unlatched C1OUT and C2OUT mode. This maintains
compatibility with devices that do not have the SR latch
feature.
The applicable TRIS bits of the corresponding ports
must be cleared to enable the port pin output drivers.
Additionally, the CxOE comparator output enable bits of
the CMxCON0 registers must be set in order to make the
comparator or latch output s available on the output pins.
The latch configuration enable states are completely
independent of the enable states for the comparators.
FIGURE 8-8: SR LATCH SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM
C1SEN
SR0
PULSS
S
R
Q
Q
C2REN
PULSR SR1
Note 1: If R = 1 and S = 1 simultaneously, Q = 0, Q =1
2: Pulse generator causes a 1 TOSC pulse width.
3: Output shown for reference only. See I/O port pin block diagram for more detail.
Pulse
Gen(2)
Pulse
Gen(2)
SYNCC2OUT (from comparator)
C1OUT (from comparator)
C2OE
C2OUT pin(3)
C1OE
C1OUT pin(3)
0
1
MUX
1
0
MUX
SR
Latch(1)
SRCLKEN
SRCLK
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 67
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
REGISTER 8-4: SRCON0: SR LATCH CONTROL 0 REGISTER
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/S-0 R/S-0 U-0 R/W-0
SR1(2) SR0(2) C1SEN C2REN PULSS PULSR SRCLKEN
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: S = Bit is set only -
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set 0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7 SR1: SR Latch Configuration bit(2)
1 = C 2OU T pin is the latch Q output
0 = C 2OU T pin is the C2 comparator output
bit 6 SR0: SR Latch Configuration bits(2)
1 = C 1OU T pin is the latch Q output
0 = C 1OU T pin is the C1 Comparator output
bit 5 C1SEN: C1 Set Enable bit
1 = C1 comparator output sets SR latch
0 = C1 comparator output has no effect on SR latch
bit 4 C2REN: C2 Reset Enable bit
1 = C2 comparator output resets SR latch
0 = C2 comparator output has no effect on SR latch
bit 3 PULSS: Pulse the SET Input of the SR Latch bit
1 = Triggers pulse generator to set SR latch. Bit is immediately reset by hardware.
0 = Does not trigger pulse generator
bit 2 PULSR: Pulse the Reset Input of the SR Latch bit
1 = T riggers pulse generator to reset SR latch. Bit is immediately reset by hardware.
0 = Does not trigger pulse generator
bit 1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 0 SRCLKEN: SR Latch Set Clock Enable bit
1 = Set input of SR latch is pulsed with SRCLK
0 = Set input of SR latch is not pulsed with the SRCLK
Note 1: The C1OUT and C2OUT bits in the CMxCON0 register will always reflect the actual comparator output (not the level on
the pin), regardless of the SR latch operation.
2: To enable an SR Latch output to the pin, the appropriate CxOE, and TRIS bits must be properly configured.
REGISTER 8-5: SRCON1: SR LATCH CONTROL 1 REGISTER
R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
SRCS1 SRCS0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: S = Bit is set only -
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set 0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6 SRCS<1:0>: SR Latch Clock Prescale bits
00 = F
OSC/16
01 = F
OSC/32
10 = F
OSC/64
11 = F
OSC/128
bit 5-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 68 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
8.11 Comparator Voltage Reference
The comparator voltage reference module pr ovides an
internally generated voltage reference for the compara-
tors. The following features are available:
Independent from Comparator operation
Two 16-level voltage ranges
Output clamped to VSS
Ratiometric with VDD
Fixed Refe rence (0.6V)
The VRCON register (Register 8-6) controls the
voltage reference module shown in Figure 8-9.
8.11.1 INDEPENDENT OPERATION
The comparator voltage reference is independent of
the comp arat or con figurat ion. Setti ng the FVREN bit of
the VRCON register will enable the voltage reference.
8.11.2 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SELECTION
The CVREF voltage reference has 2 ranges with 16
voltage levels in each range. Range selection is
controlled by the VRR bit of the VRCON register. The
16 levels are set with the VR<3:0> bits of the VRCON
register.
The CVREF output voltage is determined by the following
equations:
EQUATION 8-1: CVREF OUTPUT VOLTAGE
The full range of VSS to VDD cannot be realized due to
the construction of the module. See Figure 8-9.
8.11.3 OUTPUT CLAMPED TO VSS
The fixed voltage reference output voltage can be set
to Vss with no power consumption by clearing the
FVREN bit of the VRCON register (FVREN = 0). This
allows the comparator to detect a zero-crossing while
not consuming additional module current.
8.11.4 OUTPUT RATIOMETRIC TO VDD
The comparator voltage reference is VDD derived and
therefore, the CVREF output changes with fluctuations in
VDD. The tested absolute accuracy of the Comparator
Voltage Reference can be found in Section 15.0
“Electrical Specifications”.
VRR 1 (low range):=
VRR 0 (high range):=
CVREF (VDD/4) + =
CVREF (VR<3:0>/24) VDD×=
(VR<3:0> VDD/32)×
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 69
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
8.11.5 FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE
The fixe d volta ge reference is ind ependent of V DD, with
a nomina l output volt age of 0.6V. This referen ce can be
enabled by setting the FVREN bit of the VRCON
register to ‘1’. This reference is always enabled when
the HFINTOSC oscillator is active.
8.11.6 FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE
STABILIZATION PERIOD
When the f ixed vol tage refe ren ce mo dule is enab led, it
will require some time for the reference and its amplifier
circuits to stabilize. The user program must include a
small delay routine to allow the module to settle. See
the electrical specifications section for the minimum
delay requirement.
8.11.7 VOLTAGE REFERENCE
SELECTION
Multiplexers on the output of the voltage reference
module enable selection of either the CVREF or fixed
voltage reference for use by the comparators.
Setting the C1VREN bit of the VRCON register enables
current to flow in the CV REF volt a ge div ider an d sele ct s
the CV REF voltage for use by C1. Clearing the C1VREN
bit selects the fixed voltage for use by C1.
Setting the C2VREN bit of the VRCON register enables
current to flow in the CV REF volt a ge div ider an d sele ct s
the CV REF voltage for use by C2. Clearing the C2VREN
bit selects the fixed voltage for use by C2.
When bo th the C1VREN and C2VREN b its are cle ared,
current flow in the CVREF voltage divider is disabled
minimizing the power drain of the voltage reference
peripheral.
FIGURE 8-9: COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE BLOCK DIAGRAM
VRR
8R
VR<3:0>(1)
Analog
8RRR RR
16 Stages
VDD
MUX
Fixed Voltage
C2VREN
C1VREN
CVREF
Reference
EN
FVREN
0.6V
Fixed Ref
To Comparators
and ADC Module
To Comparators
and ADC Module
Note 1: Care should be taken to ensure VREF remains
within the comparator common mode input range.
See Section 15.0 “Electrical Specifications” for
more detail.
4
15
0
1.2V
To ADC Module
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 70 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 8-6: VRCON: VOLT AGE REFERENCE CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
C1VREN C2VREN VRR FVREN VR3 VR2 VR1 VR0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7 C1VREN: Comparator 1 Voltage Reference Enable bit
1 = CVREF circuit powered on and routed to C1VREF input of Comparator C1
0 = 0.6 Volt constant reference routed to C1VREF input of Comparator C1
bit 6 C2VREN: Comparator 2 Voltage Reference Enable bit
1 = CVREF circuit powered on and routed to C2VREF input of Comparator C2
0 = 0.6 Volt constant reference routed to C2VREF input of Comparator C2
bit 5 VRR: CVREF Range Selection bit
1 = Low range
0 = High range
bit 4 FVREN: Fixed Voltage Reference (0.6V) Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 3-0 VR<3:0>: Comparator Voltage Reference CVREF Value Selection bits (0 VR<3:0> 15)
When VRR = 1: CV REF = (VR<3:0>/24) * VDD
When VRR = 0: CV REF = VDD/4 + (VR<3 :0> /32) * VDD
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 71
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
9.0 ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL
CONVERTER (ADC) MODULE
(PIC16F616/16HV616 ONLY)
The Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) allows
conversion of an analog input signal to a 10-bit binary
representation of that signal. This device uses analog
inputs, which are multiplexed into a single sample and
hold circuit. The output of the sample and hold is
connected to the input of the converter. The converter
generates a 10-bit binary result via successive
approximation and stores the conversion result into the
ADC result registers (ADRESL and ADRESH).
The ADC voltage reference is software selectable to
either VDD or a v olt age applied to the ex ternal reference
pins.
The ADC can generate an interrupt upon completion of
a conversion. This interrupt ca n be used to wake-up the
device from Sleep.
Figure 9-1 shows the block diagram of the ADC.
FIGURE 9-1: ADC BLOCK DIAGRAM
ADC
VDD
VREF
ADON
GO/DONE
VCFG = 1
VCFG = 0
CHS <3:0> VSS
RA0/AN0
RA1/AN1/VREF
RA2/AN2
RA4/AN3
RC0/AN4
RC1/AN5
RC2/AN6
RC3/AN7
CVREF
0.6V Reference
1.2V Reference
ADRESH ADRESL
10
10
ADFM 0 = Left Justify
1 = Right Justify
4
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 72 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
9.1 ADC Configuration
When configuring and using the ADC, the following
functio ns must be consi dere d:
Port configuration
Channel selection
ADC voltage reference selection
ADC co nversion clock source
Interrupt control
Results formatti ng
9.1.1 PORT CONFIGURATION
The ADC can be used to convert both analog and digital
signals. When converting analog signals, the I/O pin
should be configured for analog by setting the associated
TRIS and ANSEL bits. See the corresponding Port
section for more information.
9.1.2 CHANNEL SELECTION
The CHS bi ts of the ADCON0 r egister det ermine whic h
channel is connected to the sample and hold circuit.
When changing channels, a delay is required before
starting the next conversion. Refer to Section 9.2
“ADC Operation” for more information.
9.1.3 ADC VOLTAGE REFERENCE
The VCFG bit of the ADCON0 register provides contro l
of the positive voltage reference. The positive voltage
reference can be either VDD or an external voltage
source. The negative voltage reference is always
connec ted to the ground refe renc e.
9.1.4 CONVERSION CLOCK
The so urce of th e conver sion cloc k is sof tware sele ct-
able via the ADCS bits of the ADCON1 register. There
are seven possible clock options:
•F
OSC/2
•FOSC/4
•FOSC/8
•F
OSC/16
•FOSC/32
•FOSC/64
•F
RC (dedicated internal oscillator)
The time to complete one bit conversion is defined as
TAD. One ful l 1 0-b it c on ve r si on requ ire s 11 TAD period s
as shown in Figure 9-3.
For correct conversion, the appropriate TAD specification
must be met. See A/D conversion requirements in
Section 15.0 “Electrical Specifications” for more
information. Table 9-1 gives examples of appropriate
ADC clock selections.
TABLE 9-1: ADC CLOCK PERIOD (TAD) VS. DEVICE OPERATING FREQUENCIES (VDD > 3.0V)
Note: Analog voltages on any pin that is defined
as a digital input may cause the input
buffer to conduct excess current.
Note: Unless using the FRC, any changes in the
system clock frequency will change the
ADC clock frequency, which may
adversely affect the ADC result.
ADC Clock Period (TAD) Device Freque ncy (FOSC)
ADC Clock Source ADCS<2:0> 20 MHz 8 MHz 4 MHz 1 MHz
FOSC/2 000 100 ns(2) 250 ns(2) 500 ns(2) 2.0 μs
FOSC/4 100 200 ns(2) 500 ns(2) 1.0 μs(2) 4.0 μs
FOSC/8 001 400 ns(2) 1.0 μs(2) 2.0 μs8.0 μs(3)
FOSC/16 101 800 ns(2) 2.0 μs4.0 μs16.0 μs(3)
FOSC/32 010 1.6 μs4.0 μs8.0 μs(3) 32.0 μs(3)
FOSC/64 110 3.2 μs8.0 μs(3) 16.0 μs(3) 64.0 μs(3)
FRC x11 2-6 μs(1,4) 2-6 μs(1,4) 2-6 μs(1,4) 2-6 μs(1,4)
Legend: Shaded cells are outside of recommended range.
Note 1: The FRC source has a typical TAD time of 4 μs for VDD > 3.0V.
2: These values violate the minimum required TAD time.
3: For faster conversion times, the selection of another clock source is recommended.
4: When the device frequency is greater than 1 MHz, the FRC clock source is only recommended if the
conversion will be perform ed during Sleep.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 73
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
FIGURE 9-2: ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERSION TAD CYCLES
9.1.5 INTERRUPTS
The ADC module allows for the ability to generate an
interrupt upon completion of an analog-to-digital
conversion. The ADC interrupt flag is the ADIF bit in the
PIR1 reg ister. The AD C inte rrupt en able i s the ADIE bit
in the PIE1 register. The ADIF bit must be cleared in
software.
This interrupt can be generated while the device is
operatin g or while in Sle ep. If the device is in Sle ep, the
interrupt will wake-up the device. Upon waking from
Sleep, the next instruction following the SLEEP
instruc tio n is al w ays executed. If the use r i s att em ptin g
to wake-up from Sleep and resume in-line code
execution, the global interrupt must be disabled. If the
global interrupt is enabled, execution will switch to the
inter rupt se rvi ce rout ine .
Please see Section 9.1.5 “Interrupts” for more
information.
9.1.6 RESUL T FORMATTING
The 10- bit A/D conversion resu lt can be suppli ed in two
formats, left justified or right justified. The ADFM bit of
the ADCON0 register controls the output format.
Figure 9-4 shows the two output formats.
FIGURE 9-3: 10-BIT A/D CONVERSION RESULT FORMAT
TAD1TAD2 TAD3TAD4TAD5 TAD6 TAD7 TAD8 TAD9
Set GO/DONE bit
Holding Capacitor is Disconnected from Analog Input (typically 100 ns)
b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2
TAD10 TAD11
b1 b0
TCY to TAD
Conversion S tarts
ADRESH and ADRESL registers are loaded,
GO bit is cleared,
ADIF bit is set,
Holding capacitor is connected to analog input
Note: The ADIF bit is set at the completion of
every conversion, regardless of whether
or not the ADC interrupt is enabled.
ADRESH ADRESL
(ADFM = 0)MSB LSB
bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 bit 0
10-bit A/D Result Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
(ADFM = 1)MSB LSB
bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 bit 0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0 10-bit A/D Result
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 74 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
9.2 ADC Operation
9.2.1 STARTING A CONVERSION
To enable the ADC module, the ADON bit of the
ADCON0 register must be set to a1’. Setting the GO/
DONE bit of the ADCON0 register to a ‘1’ will start the
analog-to-digital co nve rsion.
9.2.2 COMPLETION OF A CONVE RSION
When the conv ersion is complete, the ADC module will:
Clear the GO/DONE bit
Set the ADIF flag bit
Update the ADRESH:A DRESL regis ters with new
conversion result
9.2.3 TERMINATING A CONVERSION
If a co nver sion must b e term ina ted be fore comp leti on,
the GO/DONE bit can be cleared in software. The
ADRESH:ADRESL registers will not be updated with
the partially complete analog-to-digital conversion
sample. Instead, the ADRESH:ADRESL register pair
will retain the value of the previous conversion. Addi-
tionall y, a 2 TAD delay is requir ed before anothe r acqui-
sition can be initiated. Following this delay, an input
acquisition is automatically started on the selected
channel.
9.2.4 ADC OPERATION DURING SLEEP
The ADC module can operate during Sleep. This
requires the ADC clock source to be set to the FRC
option. When the FRC clock source is selected, the
ADC wa its on e additio nal instru ction bef ore sta rting th e
conversion. This allows the SLEEP instruction to be
executed, which can reduce system noise during the
conversion. If the ADC interrupt is enabled, the device
will wake-up from Sleep when the conversion
completes. If the ADC interrupt is disabled, the ADC
module is turned off after the conversion completes,
although the ADON bit remains set.
When the ADC clock source is something other than
FRC, a SLEEP instruction causes the present conver-
sion to be aborted and the ADC module is turned off,
although the ADON bit remains set.
9.2.5 SPECIAL E VENT TRIGGER
The ECCP Special Event Trigger allows periodic ADC
measurements without software intervention. When
this trigger occurs, the GO/DONE bit is set by hardware
and the Timer1 counter resets to zero.
Using the Special Event Trigger does not ensure
proper ADC timing. It is the user’s responsibility to
ensure that the ADC timing requirements are met.
See Section 10.0 “Enhanced Capture/Compare/
PWM (With Auto-Shutdown and Dead Band) Mod-
ule (PIC16F616/16HV616 Only)” for more informa-
tion.
9.2.6 A/D CONVERSION PROCEDURE
This is an example procedure for using the ADC to
perform an analog-to-digital c onversion:
1. Configure Port:
Disable pin output driver (See TRIS register)
Configure pin as analog
2. Configure the ADC module:
Select ADC co nversion clock
Config ure vo lt ag e refere nc e
Select ADC input channel
Select result format
Turn on ADC module
3. Configure ADC interrupt (optional):
Clear ADC interrupt flag
Enable ADC interrupt
Enable peripheral interrupt
Enable global interrupt(1)
4. Wait the required acquisition time(2).
5. Start conversion by setting the GO/DONE bit.
6. Wait for ADC conversion to complete by one of
the following:
Polli ng the GO /DO N E bit
Waiting for the ADC interrupt (interrupts
enabled)
7. Read ADC Result
8. Clear the ADC interrup t flag (requi red if interrupt
is enabled).
Note: The GO/DONE bit shou ld not be set in th e
same instruction that turns on the ADC.
Refer to Section 9.2.6 “A/D Conversion
Procedure”.
Note: A device Reset forces all registers to their
Reset state. Thus, the ADC module is
turned off and any pending conversion is
terminated.
Note 1: The global interrupt may be disabled if the
user is attem pti ng to wak e-up from Sleep
and resume in-line code execution.
2: See Section 9.3 “A/D Acquisition
Requirements”.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 75
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
EXAMPLE 9-1: A/D CONVERSION
;This code block configures the ADC
;for polling, Vdd reference, Frc clock
;and AN0 input.
;
;Conversion start & polling for completion
; are included.
;
BANKSEL ADCON1 ;
MOVLW B’01110000’ ;ADC Frc clock
MOVWF ADCON1 ;
BANKSEL TRISA ;
BSF TRISA,0 ;Set RA0 to input
BANKSEL ANSEL ;
BSF ANSEL,0 ;Set RA0 to analog
BANKSEL ADCON0 ;
MOVLW B’10000001’ ;Right justify,
MOVWF ADCON0 ;Vdd Vref, AN0, On
CALL SampleTime ;Acquisiton delay
BSF ADCON0,GO ;Start conversion
BTFSC ADCON0,GO ;Is conversion done?
GOTO $-1 ;No, test again
BANKSEL ADRESH ;
MOVF ADRESH,W ;Read upper 2 bits
MOVWF RESULTHI ;store in GPR space
BANKSEL ADRESL ;
MOVF ADRESL,W ;Read lower 8 bits
MOVWF RESULTLO ;Store in GPR space
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 76 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
9.2.7 ADC REGISTER DEFINITIONS
The following registers are used to control the operation of the ADC.
REGISTER 9-1: ADCON0: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
ADFM VCFG CHS3 CHS2 CHS1 CHS0 GO/DONE ADON
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set 0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7 ADFM: A/D Conversion Result Format Select bit
1 = Right justified
0 = Left justified
bit 6 VCFG: Volt age Reference bit
1 = VREF pin
0 = VDD
bit 5-2 CHS<3:0>: Analog Channel Select bits
0000 = Channel 00 (AN 0)
0001 = Channel 01 (AN 1)
0010 = Channel 02 (AN 2)
0011 = Channel 03 (AN 3)
0100 = Channel 04 (AN 4)
0101 = Channel 05 (AN 5)
0110 = Channel 06 (AN 6)
0111 = Channel 07 (AN 7)
1000 = Reserved – do not use
1001 = Reserved – do not use
1010 = Reserved – do not use
1011 = Reserved – do not use
1100 =CV
REF
1101 = 0.6V Fixed Voltage Reference(1)
1110 = 1.2V Fixed Voltage Reference(1)
1111 = Reserved – do not use
bit 1 GO/DONE: A/D Conversion Status bit
1 = A/D conversion cycle in progress. Setting this bit starts an A/D conversion cycle.
This bit is automatically cleared by hardware when the A/D conversion has completed.
0 = A/D conversion completed/not in progress
bit 0 ADON: ADC Enable bit
1 = ADC is enabled
0 = ADC is disabled and consumes no operating current
Note 1: When the CHS<3:0> bits change to select the 1.2V or 0.6V Fixed Voltage Reference, the reference output voltage will
have a transient. If the Comparator module uses this VP6 reference voltage, the comparator output may momentarily
change state due to the transient.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 77
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
REGISTER 9-2: ADCON1: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 1
U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
ADCS2 ADCS1 ADCS0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set 0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
bit 6-4 ADCS<2:0>: A/D Conversion Clock Select bits
000 = FOSC/2
001 = FOSC/8
010 = FOSC/32
x11 = FRC (clock derived from a dedicated internal oscillator = 500 kHz max)
100 = FOSC/4
101 = FOSC/16
110 = FOSC/64
bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 78 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 9-3: ADRESH: ADC RESULT REGISTER HIGH (ADRESH) ADFM = 0 (READ-ONLY)
R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x
ADRES9 ADRES8 ADRES7 ADRES6 ADRES5 ADRES4 ADRES3 ADRES2
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set 0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-0 ADRES<9:2>: ADC Result Register bits
Upper 8 bits of 10-bit conversion result
REGISTER 9-4: ADRESL: ADC RESULT REGISTER LOW (ADRESL) ADFM = 0 (READ-ONLY)
R-x R-x U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
ADRES1 ADRES0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set 0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6 ADRES<1:0>: ADC Result Register bits
Lower 2 bits of 10-bit conversion result
bit 5-0 Reserved: Do not use.
REGISTER 9-5: ADRESH: ADC RESULT REGISTER HIGH (ADRESH) ADFM = 1 (READ-ONLY)
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-x R-x
ADRES9 ADRES8
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set 0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-2 Reserved: Do not use.
bit 1-0 ADRES<9:8>: ADC Result Register bits
Upper 2 bits of 10-bit conversion result
REGISTER 9-6: ADRESL: ADC RESULT REGISTER LOW (ADRESL) ADFM = 1 (READ-ONLY)
R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x
ADRES7 ADRES6 ADRES5 ADRES4 ADRES3 ADRES2 ADRES1 ADRES0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set 0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-0 ADRES<7:0>: ADC Result Register bits
Lower 8 bits of 10-bit conversion result
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 79
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
9.3 A/D Acquisition Requirements
For the A DC t o meet i ts specified accuracy, the char ge
holding capacitor (CHOLD) must be allowed to fully
charge to the input channel voltage level. The Analog
Input model is shown in Figure 9-4. The source
impedance (RS) and the internal sampling switch (RSS)
impedance directly affect the time required to charge the
capacitor CHOLD. The sampling switch (RSS) impedance
varies over the device voltage (VDD), see Figure 9-4.
The maximum recommended impedance for analog
sources is 10 kΩ. As the source impedance is
decreased, the acquisition time may be decreased.
After the analog input channel is selected (or changed),
an A/D acquisition must be done before t he conversion
can be started. To calculate the minimum acquisition
time, Equation 9-1 may be used. This equation
assumes that 1/2 LSb error is used (1024 steps for the
ADC). The 1/2 LSb error is the maximum error allowed
for the ADC to meet its specified resolution.
EQUATION 9-1: ACQUISITION TIME EXAMPLE
TACQ Amplifier Settling Time Hold Capacitor Charging Time Temperature Coefficient++=
TAMP TCTCOFF++=
s TCTemperature - 25°C()0.05µs/°C()[]++=
TCCHOLD RIC RSS RS++() ln(1/2047)=
10pF 1k
Ω
7k
Ω
10k
Ω
++() ln(0.0004885)=
1.37=µs
TACQ S1.37µS50°C- 25°C()0.05µSC()[]++=
7.67µS=
VAPPLIED 1e
Tc
RC
---------
⎝⎠
⎜⎟
⎛⎞
VAPPLIED 11
2047
------------
⎝⎠
⎛⎞
=
VAPPLIED 11
2047
------------
⎝⎠
⎛⎞
VCHOLD=
VAPPLIED 1e
TC
RC
----------
⎝⎠
⎜⎟
⎛⎞
VCHOLD=
;[1] VCHOLD charged to with in 1/2 lsb
;[2] VCHOLD charge response to VAPPLIED
;combining [1] and [2]
The value for TC can be approxima ted with the following equations:
Solving for TC:
Therefore:
Temperature 50°C and external impedance of 10k
Ω
5.0 V VDD=
Assumptions:
Note 1: The reference voltage (VREF) has no effect on the equation, since it cancels itself out.
2: The charge holding capacitor (CHOLD) is not discharged after each conversion.
3: The maximum recommended impedance for analog sources is 10 kΩ. This is required to meet the pin
leakage specification.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 80 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 9-4: ANALOG INPUT MODEL
FIGURE 9-5: ADC TRANSFER FUNCTION
CPIN
VA
Rs ANx
5 pF
VDD
VT = 0.6V
VT = 0.6V I LEAKAGE
RIC 1k
Sampling
Switch
SS Rss
CHOLD = 10 pF
VSS/VREF-
6V
Sampling Switch
5V
4V
3V
2V
567891011
(kΩ)
VDD
± 500 nA
Legend: CPIN
VT
I LEAKAGE
RIC
SS
CHOLD
= Input Capacitance
= Threshold Voltage
= Leakage current at the pin due to
= Interconnect Resistance
= Sampling Switch
= Sample/Hold Capacitance
various junctions
RSS
3FFh
3FEh
ADC Output Code
3FDh
3FCh
004h
003h
002h
001h
000h
Full-Scale
3FBh
1 LSB ideal
VSS/VREF-Zero-Scale
Transition VDD/VREF+
Transition
1 LSB ideal
Full-Scale Range
Analog Input Voltage
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 81
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
TABLE 9-2: SUMMARY OF ASSOCIATED ADC REGISTERS
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
ADCON0(1) ADFM VCFG CHS3 CHS2 CHS1 CHS0 GO/DONE ADON 0000 0000 0000 0000
ADCON1(1) ADCS2 ADCS1 ADCS0 -000 ---- -000 ----
ANSEL ANS ANS6 ANS5 ANS4 ANS3 ANS2 ANS1 ANS0 1111 1111 1111 1111
ADRESH A/D Result Register High Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
ADRESL A/D Result Register Low Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RAIE T0IF INTF RAIF 0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1 —ADIE
(1) CCP1IE(1) C2IE C1IE TMR2IE(1) TMR1IE -000 0-00 -000 0-00
PIR1 —ADIF
(1) CCP1IF(1) C2IF C1IF TMR2IF(1) TMR1IF -000 0-00 -000 0-00
PORTA RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 --x0 x000 --u0 u000
PORTC RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 --xx 00xx --uu 00uu
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 --11 1111 --11 1111
TRISC TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 --11 1111 --11 1111
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, = unimplemented read as 0’. Shaded cells are not used for ADC module.
Note 1: PIC16 F6 16/ 16H V6 16 onl y.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 82 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 83
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
10.0 ENHANCED CAPTURE/
COMPARE/PWM (WITH AUTO-
SHUTDOWN AND DEAD BAND)
MODULE
(PIC16F616/16HV616 ONLY)
The Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM module is a
peripheral which allows the user to time and control
different events. In Capture mode, the peripheral
allows the timing of the duration of an event. The
Compare mode allows the user to trigger an external
event when a predetermined amount of time has
expired. The PWM mode can generate a Pulse-Width
Modulated signal of varying frequency and duty cycle.
Table 10-1 shows the timer resources required by the
ECCP module.
TABLE 10-1: ECCP MODE – TIMER
RESOURCES REQUIRED
ECCP Mode Timer Resource
Capture Timer1
Compare Timer1
PWM Timer2
REGISTER 10-1: CCP1CON: ENHANCED CCP1 CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
P1M1 P1M0 DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6 P1M<1:0>: PW M Ou tp ut Co nf igu rat ion bits
If CCP1M<3:2> = 00, 01, 10:
xx = P1A assigned as Capture/Compare input; P1B, P1C, P1D assigned as port pins
If CCP1M<3:2> = 11:
00 = Single output; P1A modulated; P1B, P1C, P1D assigned as port pins
01 = Full-Bridge output forward; P1D modulated; P1A active; P1B, P1C inactive
10 = Half-Bridge output; P1A, P1B modulated with dead-time control; P1C, P1D assigned as port pins
11 = Full-Bridge output reverse; P1B modulated; P1C active; P1A, P1D inactive
bit 5-4 DC1B<1:0>: PWM Duty Cycle Least Significant bits
Capture mode:
Unused.
Compare mode:
Unused.
PWM mode:
These bits are the two LSbs of the PWM duty cycle. The eight MSbs are found in CCPR1L.
bit 3-0 CCP1M<3:0>: ECCP Mode Select bits
0000 = Capture/Compare/PWM off (resets ECCP module)
0001 = Unused (reserved)
0010 = Compare mode, toggle output on match (CCP1IF bit is set)
0011 = Unused (reserved)
0100 = Capture mode, every falling edge
0101 = Capture mode, every rising edge
0110 = Capture mode, every 4th rising edge
0111 = Capture mode, every 16th rising edge
1000 = Compare mode, set output on match (CCP1IF bit is set)
1001 = Compare mode, clear output on match (CCP1IF bit is set)
1010 = Compare mode, generate software interrupt on match (CCP1IF bit is set, CCP1 pin is unaffected)
1011 = Compare mode, trigger special event (CCP1IF bit is set; CCP1 resets TMR1 and starts an A/D
conversion, if the ADC module is enabled)
1100 = PWM mode; P1A, P1C active-high; P1B, P1D active-high
1101 = PWM mode; P1A, P1C active-high; P1B, P1D active-low
1110 = PWM mode; P1A, P1C active-low; P1B, P1D active-high
1111 = PWM mode; P1A, P1C active-low; P1B, P1D active-low
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 84 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.1 Capture Mode
In Capture mode, CCPR1H:CCPR1L captures the
16-bit val ue of the TMR1 register when an event occurs
on pin CCP1. An event is defined as one of the
following and is configured by the CCP1M<3:0> bits of
the CCP1CON register:
Every falling edge
Every rising edge
Every 4th rising edge
Every 16th rising edge
When a cap ture i s m ade, the I nterrupt Re quest Flag bit
CCP1IF of the PIR1 register is set. The interrupt flag
must be cleared in software. If another capture occurs
before the value in the CCPR1H, CCPR1L register pair
is read, the old captured value is overwritten by the new
captured value (see Figure 10-1).
10.1.1 CCP1 PIN CONFIGURATION
In Capture mode, the CCP1 pin should be configured
as an input by setting the associated TRIS control bit.
FIGURE 10-1: CAPTURE MODE
OPERATION BLOCK
DIAGRAM
10.1.2 TIMER1 MODE SELECTION
T imer1 must be running in T imer mode or Synchroni zed
Counter mode for the CCP module to use the capture
feature. In Asynchronous Counter mode, the capture
operation may not work.
10.1.3 SOFTWARE INTERRUPT
When the Capture mode is changed, a false capture
interrupt may be generated. The user should keep the
CCP1IE i nterrupt en able bit of the PIE1 regis ter clear to
avoid false interrupts. Additionally, the user should
clear the CCP1IF interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register
following any change in operating mode.
10.1.4 CCP PRESCALER
There are four prescaler settings specified by the
CCP1M<3:0> bits of the CCP1CON register.
Whenever the CCP module is turned off, or the CCP
module is not in Capture mode, the prescaler counter
is cleared. Any Reset will clear the prescal er counter.
Switching from one capture prescaler to another does not
clear the prescaler and may generate a false interrupt. To
avoid this unexpected operation, turn the module off by
clearing the CCP1CON register before changing the
prescaler (see Example 10-1).
EXAMPLE 10-1: CHANGIN G BETWEEN
CAPTURE PRESCALERS
Note: If the C CP1 pin is con figured as an output ,
a write to the port can cause a capture
condition.
CCPR1H CCPR1L
TMR1H TMR1L
Set Flag bit CCP1IF
(PIR1 register )
Capture
Enable
CCP1CON<3:0>
Prescaler
÷ 1, 4, 16
and
Edge Detect
pin
CCP1
System Clock (FOSC)
BANKSEL CCP1CON ;Set Bank bits to point
;to CCP1CON
CLRF CCP1CON ;Turn CCP module off
MOVLW NEW_CAPT_PS ;Load the W reg with
; the new prescaler
; move value and CCP ON
MOVWF CCP1CON ;Load CCP1CON with this
; value
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 85
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
TABLE 10-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CAPTURE
Name Bit 7Bit 6Bit 5Bit 4Bit 3Bit 2Bit 1Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
CCP1CON(1) P1M1 P1M0 DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 0000 0000 0000 0000
CCPR1L(1) Captur e/Comp are/PWM Register 1 Low Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
CCPR1H(1) Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 High Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RAIE T0IF INTF RAIF 0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1 ADIE(1) CCP1IE(1) C2IE C1IE TMR2IE(1) TMR1IE -000 0-00 0000 0-00
PIR1 ADIF(1) CCP1IF(1) C2IF C1IF TMR2IF(1) TMR1IF -000 0-00 0000 0-00
T1CON T1GINV TMR1GE T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TMR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 --11 1111 --11 1111
TRISC —TRISC5TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 --11 1111 --11 1111
Legend: – = Unimple mented locat ions, read as ‘0’, u = unchanged, x = unknown. Shaded cells are not used by the Capture, Compare and PWM.
Note 1: PIC16F616/16HV616 only.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 86 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.2 Comp are Mode
In C ompare mo de, t he 16- bit CC PR1 re gist er va lue is
constantly compared against the TMR1 register pair
value. When a match occurs, the CCP1 module may:
Toggle the CCP1 output
Set the CCP1 output
Clear the CCP1 output
Generate a Special Event Trigger
Generate a Software Interrupt
The action on the pin is based on the value of the
CCP1M<3:0> control bits of the CCP1CON register.
All Compare modes can generate an interrupt.
FIGUR E 1 0-2: COM PARE MODE
OPERATION BLOCK
DIAGRAM
10.2.1 CCP1 PIN CONFIGURATION
The user m us t co nfi gure the C CP 1 pin a s an out put b y
clearing the associated TRIS bit.
10.2.2 TIMER1 MODE SELECTION
In Compare mode, Timer1 must be running in either
Timer mode or Synchronized Counter mode. The
compare operation may not work in Asynchronous
Counter mode.
10.2.3 SOFTWARE INTERRUPT MODE
When Generate Software Interrupt mode is chosen
(CCP1M<3:0> = 1010), the CCP1 module does not
assert control of the CCP1 pin (see the CCP1CON
register).
10.2.4 SPECIAL EVENT TRIGGER
When Special Event Trigger mode is chosen
(CCP1M<3:0> = 1011), the CCP1 module does the
following:
Resets Timer1
Starts an ADC conversion if ADC is enabled
The CCP 1 module do es not assert co ntrol of the CC P1
pin in this mode (see the CCP1CON register).
The Special Event Trigger output of the CCP occurs
immediately upon a match between the TMR1H,
TMR1L register pair and the CCPR1H, CCPR1L
register pair. The TMR1H, TMR1L register pair is not
reset until th e next r ising ed ge of the T imer1 clock. This
allows the CCPR1H, CCPR1L register pair to
effectively provide a 16-bit programmable period
register for Timer1.
Note: Clearing the CCP1CON register will force
the CCP1 compare output latch to the
default lo w level. This is not the PO R T I/O
data l atch.
CCPR1H CCPR1L
TMR1H TMR1L
Comparator
QS
ROutput
Logic
Specia l Event Trigger
Set CCP1IF Interrupt Flag
(PIR1)
Match
TRIS
CCP1CON<3:0>
Mode Select
Output Enable
Pin
Special Event Trigger will:
Clear TMR1H and TMR1L registers.
NOT set interrupt flag bit TMR1IF of the PIR1 register.
Set the GO/DONE bit to start the ADC conversion.
CCP1 4
Note 1: The Special Event Trigger from the CCP
module does not set interrupt flag bit
TMR1IF of the PIR1 registe r.
2: Removing the match condition by
changing the contents of the CCPR1H
and CCPR1L register pair, between the
clock edge that generates the Special
Event Trigger and the clock edge that
generate s the T imer1 Reset, w ill preclud e
the Reset from occurring.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 87
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
TABLE 10-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH COMP ARE
Name Bit 7Bit 6Bit 5Bit 4Bit 3Bit 2Bit 1Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
CCP1CON(1) P1M1 P1M0 DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 0000 0000 0000 0000
CCPR1L(1) Captur e/Comp are/PWM Register 1 Low Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
CCPR1H(1) Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 High Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RAIE T0IF INTF RAIF 0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1 ADIE(1) CCP1IE(1) C2IE C1IE TMR2IE(1) TMR1IE -000 0-00 0000 0-00
PIR1 ADIF(1) CCP1IF(1) C2IF C1IF TMR2IF(1) TMR1IF -000 0-00 0000 0-00
T1CON T1GINV TMR1GE T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TMR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 --11 1111 --11 1111
TRISC —TRISC5TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 --11 1111 --11 1111
Legend: – = Unimple mented locat ions, read as ‘0’, u = unchanged, x = unknown. Shaded cells are not used by the Capture, Compare and PWM.
Note 1: PIC16F616/16HV616 only.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 88 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.3 PWM Mode
The PWM mode generates a Pulse-Width Modulated
signal on the CCP1 pin. The duty cycle, period and
resolution are determined by the following registers:
•PR2
•T2CON
CCPR1L
CCP1CON
In Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) mode, the CCP
module produce s up to a 10 -bit resoluti on PWM outp ut
on the CCP1 pin. Since the CCP1 pin is multiplexed
with the POR T dat a latch, the TRIS for that pin m ust be
cleared to make the CCP1 pin an output.
Figur e 10- 3 sh ows a s impl ifi ed b loc k dia gram of PWM
operation.
Figure 10-4 shows a typical waveform of the PWM
signal.
For a ste p-by-step proc edure on how t o set up the CC P
module for PWM operation, see Section 10.3.7
“Setup for PWM Operation”.
FIGURE 10-3: SIMPLIFIED PWM BLOCK
DIAGRAM
The PWM output (Figure 10-4) has a time base
(period) and a time that the output stays high (duty
cycle).
FIGURE 10-4: CCP PWM OUTPUT
Note: Clearing the CCP1CON register will
relinquish CCP1 control of the CCP1 pin.
CCPR1L
CCPR1H(2) (Slave)
Comparator
TMR2
PR2
(1)
RQ
S
Duty Cycle Registers CCP1CON<5:4>
Clear Timer2 ,
toggle CCP1 pin and
latch duty cycle
Note 1: The 8-bit timer TMR2 register is concatenated
with the 2-bit internal system clock (FOSC), or
2 bits of the prescaler , to create the 10-bit time
base.
2: In PWM mode, CCPR1H is a read-only register
.
TRIS
CCP1
Comparator
Period
Pulse Width
TMR2 = 0
TMR2 = CCPR1L:CCP1CON<5:4>
TMR2 = PR2
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 89
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
10.3.1 PW M PE RIO D
The PWM period is specified by writing to the PR2
register of Timer2. The PWM period can be calculated
using the formula of Equation 10-1.
EQUATION 10-1: PWM PERIOD
When TM R2 is equa l to PR2, t he followi ng three ev ents
occur on t he next inc rement cy cle:
TMR2 is cl eare d
The CCP1 pi n is se t. (Ex cep tio n: If the PWM du ty
cycle = 0%, the pin will not be set.)
The PWM dut y cycl e is latched from CCPR1L i nto
CCPR1H.
10.3.2 PW M DUTY CYCL E
The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing a 10-bit
value to multiple registers: CCPR1L register and
CCP1<1:0> bits of the CCP1CON register. The
CCPR1L contains the eight MSbs and the CCP1<1:0>
bits of the CCP1CON register contain the two LSbs.
CCPR1L and CCP1<1:0> bits of the CCP1CON
register can be written to at any time. The duty cycle
value is not latched into CCPR1H until after the period
completes (i.e., a match between PR2 and TMR2
registers occurs). While using the PWM, the CCPR1H
register is read-only.
Equation 10-2 is used to calculate the PWM pulse
width.
Equat ion 10-3 is used t o calc ul ate the PWM duty cycl e
ratio.
EQUATION 10-2: PULSE WIDTH
EQUATION 10-3: DUTY CYCLE RATIO
The CCPR1H register and a 2-bit internal latch are
used to dou ble buf fer th e PWM duty cycle. Thi s doubl e
buffering is es sential for glitchless PWM operation.
The 8-bit timer TMR2 register is concatenated with
either the 2-bit internal system clock (FOSC), or 2 bits of
the prescaler , to create the 10-bit time ba se. The system
clock is used if the Timer2 prescaler is set to 1:1.
When the 10-bit time base matches the CCPR1H and
2-bit latch, then the CCP1 pin is cleared (see
Figure 10-3).
10.3.3 PW M RES OLUT ION
The res olution de termines the number of availa ble duty
cycles for a given period. For example, a 10-bit r esolution
will result in 1024 discrete duty cycles, whereas an 8-bit
resolu ti on will re su lt in 256 di sc re te du ty c yc l es .
The maximum PWM resolution is 10 bits when PR2 is
255. The resolution is a function of the PR2 register
value as shown by Equation 10-4.
EQUATION 10-4: PWM RESOLUTION
TABLE 10-4: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 20 MHz)
TABLE 10-5: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 8 MHz)
Note: The Timer2 postscaler (see Section 7.1
“Timer2 Operation”) is not used in the
determination of the PWM frequency.
PWM Period PR2()1+[]4TOSC =
(TM R2 Presc ale Value)
Note: If the pulse width value is greater than the
period the assigned PWM pin(s) will
remain unchanged.
Pulse Width CCPR1L:CCP1CON<5:4>()
=
TOSC
(TMR2 Prescale Value)
Duty Cycle Ratio CCPR1L:CCP1CON<5:4>()
4PR2 1+()
-----------------------------------------------------------------------=
Resolution 4PR2 1+()[]log 2()log
------------------------------------------ bits=
PWM Frequency 1.22 kHz 4.88 kHz 19.53 kHz 78.12 kHz 156.3 kHz 208.3 kHz
Timer Prescale (1, 4, 16) 16 4 1 1 1 1
PR2 Value 0xFF 0xFF 0xFF 0x3F 0x1F 0x17
Maximum Resolution (bits) 10 10 10 8 7 6.6
PWM Frequency 1.22 kHz 4.90 kHz 19.61 kHz 76.92 kHz 153.85 kHz 200.0 kHz
Timer Prescale (1, 4, 16) 16 4 1 1 1 1
PR2 Value 0x65 0x65 0x65 0x19 0x0C 0x09
Maximum Resolution (bits) 8 8 8 6 5 5
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 90 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.3.4 OPERATION IN SLEEP MODE
In Sleep mode, the TMR2 register will not increment
and the st ate of the module will not chang e. If the CCP1
pin is dri ving a value , it wi ll cont inue to d rive th at valu e.
When the device wakes up, TMR2 wil l continue from it s
previous state.
10.3.5 CHANGES IN SYSTEM CLOCK
FREQUENCY
The PWM frequency is derived from the system clock
frequency. Any changes in the system clock frequency
will result in changes to the PWM frequency. See
Section 3.0 “Oscillator Module” for additional
details.
10.3.6 EFFECTS OF RESET
Any Reset will force all ports to Input mode and the
CCP registers to their Reset states.
10.3.7 SETUP FOR PWM OPERATION
The following steps should be taken when configuring
the CCP module for PWM operation:
1. Configure the PWM pin (CCP1) as an input by
setting the associated TRIS bit.
2. Set the PWM period by loading the PR2 register .
3. Configure the CCP module for the PWM mode
by loading the CCP1CON register with the
appropriate values.
4. Set the PWM duty cycle by loading the CCPR1L
register and CCP1 bits of the CCP1CON register .
5. Configure and start Timer2:
Clear the TMR2IF interrupt flag bit of the
PIR1 register.
Set the Timer2 pre sc al e va lu e by loa di ng the
T2CKPS bits of the T2CON register.
Enable Timer2 by setting the TMR2ON bi t of
the T2CON register.
6. Enable PWM outpu t afte r a ne w PW M cy cle has
started:
Wait until Timer2 overflows (TMR2IF bit of
the PIR1 register is set).
Enable the CCP1 pin output by clearing the
associated TRIS bit.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 91
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
10.4 PWM (Enhanced Mode)
The Enhanced PWM Mode can generate a PWM signal
on up to four different output pins with up to 10-bits of
resolution. It can do this through four different PWM
Output modes:
Single PWM
Half-Bridge PWM
Full-Bridge PWM, Forward mode
Full-Bridge PWM, Reverse mode
To select an Enhanced PWM mode, the P1M bits of the
CCP1CON register must be se t appropriately.
The PWM outputs are multiplexed with I/O pins and are
designated P1A, P1B, P1C and P1D. The polarity of the
PWM pins is configurable and is selected by setting the
CCP1M bits in the CC P1CON register appropriately.
Table 10-6 shows the pin assignments for each
Enhanced PWM mode.
Figure 10-5 shows an example of a simplified block
diagram of the Enhanced PWM module.
FIGURE 10-5: EXAMPL E SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE ENHANCED PWM MODE
TABLE 10-6: EXAMPLE PIN ASSIGNMENTS FOR VARIOUS PWM ENHANCED MODES
Note: To prevent the generation of an
incomplete waveform when the PWM is
first enabl ed, the ECCP module w aits unti l
the start of a new PWM period before
generating a PWM signal.
CCPR1L
CCPR1H (Slave)
Comparator
TMR2
Comparator
PR2
(1)
RQ
S
Duty Cycle Registers CCP1<1:0>
Clear Timer2,
toggle PWM pin and
latch duty cycle
Note 1: The 8-b i t tim er T MR2 re gi ste r is con c ate na ted wi th the 2- bit i nte rna l Q cl ock, or 2 bits of the p res cal er to cr eat e t he 10- bi t
time base.
TRISC<5>
CCP1/P1A
TRISC<4>
P1B
TRISC<3>
P1C
TRISC<2>
P1D
Output
Controller
P1M<1:0> 2CCP1M<3:0>
4
PWM1CON
CCP1/P1A
P1B
P1C
P1D
Note 1: The TRIS register value for each PWM output must be configured appropriately.
2: Clearing the CCP1CON register will relinquish ECCP control of all PWM output pins.
3: Any pin not used by an Enhanced PWM mode is available for alternate pin functions
ECCP Mode P1M CCP1/P1A P1B P1C P1D
Single 00 Yes No No No
Half-Bridge 10 Yes Yes No No
Full-Bridg e, Forwar d 01 Yes Yes Yes Yes
Full-Bridg e, Reve rse 11 Yes Yes Yes Yes
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 92 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 10-6: EXAMPLE PWM (ENHANCED MODE) OUTPUT RELATIONSHIPS (ACTIVE-HIGH
STATE)
0
Period
00
10
01
11
Signal PR2+1
P1M<1:0>
P1A Modulated
P1A Modulated
P1B Modulated
P1A Active
P1B Inactive
P1C Inactive
P1D Modulated
P1A Inactive
P1B Modulated
P1C Active
P1D Inactive
Pulse
Width
(Single Output)
(Half-Bridge)
(Full-Bridge,
Forward)
(Full-Bridge,
Reverse)
Delay(1) Delay(1)
Relationships:
Perio d = 4 * TOSC * (PR2 + 1) * (TMR2 Presca l e Val u e)
Pulse Width = TOSC * (CCPR1L<7:0>:CCP1CON<5:4>) * (TMR2 Prescale Value)
Delay = 4 * TOSC * (PWM1CON<6:0>)
Note 1: Dead-band delay is programmed using the PWM1CON register (Section 10.4.6 “Programmable Dead-Band Delay
mode”).
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 93
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
FIGURE 10-7: EXAMPLE ENHANCED PWM OUTPUT RELATIONSHIPS (ACTIVE-LOW STATE)
0
Period
00
10
01
11
Signal PR2+1
P1M<1:0>
P1A Modulated
P1A Modulated
P1B Modulated
P1A Active
P1B Inactive
P1C Inact ive
P1D Modulated
P1A Inactive
P1B Modulated
P1C Active
P1D Inact ive
Pulse
Width
(Single Output)
(Half-Bridge)
(Full-Bridge,
Forward)
(Full-Bridge,
Reverse)
Delay(1) Delay(1)
Relationships:
Perio d = 4 * TOSC * (PR2 + 1) * (TMR2 Prescale Value)
Pulse Width = TOSC * (CCPR1L<7:0>:CCP1CON<5:4>) * (TMR2 Prescale Value)
Delay = 4 * TOSC * (PWM1CON<6:0>)
Note 1: Dead-band delay is programmed using the PWM1CON register (Section 10.4.6 “Programmable Dead-Band Delay
mode”).
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 94 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.4.1 HALF-BRIDGE MODE
In Half-Bridge mode, two pins are used as outputs to
drive push-p ull loa ds. The PW M outp ut sign al is output
on the C CP1/P1A pin, whil e the complementary PWM
output signal is output on the P1B pin (see Figure 10-8).
This mode can be us ed for ha lf-bri dge applica tions, a s
shown in Figure 10-9, or for full-bridge applications,
where four power switches are being modulated with
two PWM signals.
In Half-Bridge mode, the programmable dead-band delay
can be used to prevent shoot-through current in half-
bridge power devices. The value of the PDC<6:0> bits of
the PWM1CON register sets the number of instruction
cycles before the output is driven active. If the value is
greater than the duty cycle, the corresponding output
remains inactive during the entire cycle. See 10.4.6
“Programmable Dead-Band Delay mode” for more
details of the dead-band delay operations.
Since the P1A and P1B outputs are multiplexed with
the PORT data latches, the associated TRIS bits must
be cleared to configure P1A and P1B as outputs.
FIGURE 10-8: EXAMPLE OF HALF-
BRIDGE PWM OUTPUT
FIGURE 10-9: EXAMPLE OF HALF-BRIDGE APPLICATIONS
Period
Pulse Width
td
td
(1)
P1A(2)
P1B(2)
td = Dead-Band Delay
Period
(1) (1)
Note 1: At this time, t he TMR2 reg ister is equal to t he
PR2 register.
2: Output signals are shown as active-high.
P1A
P1B
FET
Driver
FET
Driver
Load
+
-
+
-
FET
Driver
FET
Driver
V+
Load
FET
Driver
FET
Driver
P1A
P1B
Standard Half-Bridge Circuit (“Push-Pull”)
Half-Bridge Output Driving a Full-Bridge Circuit
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 95
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
10.4.2 FULL-BRIDGE MODE
In Full-Bridge mode, all four pins are used as outputs.
An example of full-bridge application is shown in
Figure 10-10.
In the Forward mode, pin CCP1/P1A is driven to its active
state, p in P1 D is m odul ated, whil e P1B and P1C will be
driven to their inactive state as shown in Figure 10-11.
In the Reverse mode, P1C is driven to its active state,
pin P1B is modulated, while P1A and P1D wi l l be dri v en
to their i nact iv e s tate as s h own Figure 10-11.
P1A, P1B, P1C and P1D outputs are multiplexed with
the POR T dat a latc hes. The a ssoc iated T RIS bit s mus t
be cleared to configure the P1A, P1B, P1C and P1D
pins as outputs.
FIGURE 10-10: EXAMPLE OF FULL-BRIDGE APPLICATION
P1A
P1C
FET
Driver
FET
Driver
V+
V-
Load
FET
Driver
FET
Driver
P1B
P1D
QA
QB QD
QC
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 96 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 10-11: EXAMPLE OF FULL-BRIDGE PWM OUTPUT
Period
Pulse Width
P1A(2)
P1B(2)
P1C(2)
P1D(2)
Forw a r d M o de
(1)
Period
Pulse Width
P1A(2)
P1C(2)
P1D(2)
P1B(2)
Reverse Mode
(1)
(1)
(1)
Note 1: At this time, the TMR2 register is equal to the PR2 register.
2: Output signal is shown as active-high.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 97
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
10.4.2.1 Direction Change in Full-Bridge
Mode
In the Full-Bridge mode, the P1M1 bit in the CCP1CON
register allows users to control the forward/reverse
direction. When the application firmware changes this
direction co ntrol bit, the modu le will change to the new
direction on the next PWM cycle.
A direction change is initiated in software by changing
the P1M1 bit of the CCP1CON register. The following
sequen ce oc c urs fo ur Timer2 cycles prio r to the en d of
the current PWM period:
The modu lated output s (P1B and P1D) are placed
in their inactive state.
The associated unmodulated outputs (P1A and
P1C) are switched to drive in the opposite
direction.
PWM mo dulati on resumes at the be ginnin g of the
next period.
See Figure 10-12 for an illustration of this sequence.
The Full-Bridge mode does not provide dead-band
delay. As one output is m odulated at a time, dead-ban d
delay is generally not required. There is a situation
where dead-band delay is required. This situation
occurs when both of the following conditions are true:
1. The direction of the PWM output changes when
the duty cycle of the output is at or near 100%.
2. The turn off time of the power switch, including
the power device and driver circuit, is greater
than the turn on time.
Figur e 10-1 3 shows an exampl e of the PWM dire ction
chan gi ng from for w ar d to rev ers e , at a ne ar 100 % du ty
cycle. In this example, at time t1, the output P1A and
P1D become inactive, while output P1C becomes
active. Since the turn off time of the power devices is
longer than the turn on time, a shoot-through current
will flow through power devices QC and QD (see
Figure 10-10) for the duration of ‘t’. The same
phenomenon will occur to power devices QA and QB
for PWM di rec t io n ch an ge fr o m reve rs e to forw a rd.
If changing PWM direction at high duty cycle is required
for an app lication, two possible solutions f or eliminatin g
the shoot-through current are:
1. Reduce PWM duty cycle for one PWM period
before changing directions.
2. Use switch drivers that can drive the switches off
faster than they can drive them on.
Other options to prevent shoot-through current may
exist.
FIGURE 10-12: EXAMPLE OF PWM DIRECTION CHANGE
Pulse Width
Period(1)
Signal
Note 1: The direction bit P1M1 of the CCP1CON register is written any time during the PWM cycle.
2: When changing directions, the P1A and P1C signals switch before the end of the current PWM c ycle. The
modulated P1B and P1D signals are inactive at this time. The length of this time is four Timer2 counts.
Period
(2)
P1A (Active-High)
P1B (Active-High)
P1C (Active-High)
P1D (Active-High)
Pulse Width
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 98 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 10-13: EXAMPLE OF PWM DIRECTION CHANGE AT NEAR 100% DUTY CYCLE
Forward Period Reverse Period
P1A
TON
TOFF
T = TOFF – TON
P1B
P1C
P1D
External Switch D
Potential
Shoot-Through Current
Note 1: All signals are shown as active-high.
2: TON is the turn on delay of power switch QC and its driver.
3: TOFF is the turn off delay of power switch QD and its driver.
External Switch C
t1
DC
PW
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 99
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
10.4.3 START-UP CONSIDERATIONS
When any PWM mode is used, the application
hardware must use the proper external pull-up and/or
pull-down resistors on the PWM output pins.
The CCP1M<1:0> bits of the CCP1CON register allow
the us er t o ch oose whe the r the P WM out put si gna ls are
active-high or active-low for each pair of PWM output pins
(P1A/P1C and P1B/P1D). The PWM output polarities
must be selected before the PWM pins are configured as
outputs. Changing the polarity configuration while the
PWM pins are configured as outputs is not recommended
since it may result in damage to the application circuits.
The P1A, P1B, P1C and P 1D output latches may not be
in the proper states when the PWM module is
initialized. Enabling the PWM pins for output at the
same time as the Enhanced PWM modes may cause
damage to t he application cir cui t. T he Enhance d PWM
modes must be enabled in the pro per Output mode and
complete a full PWM cycle before configuring the PWM
pins as outputs. The completion of a full PWM cycle is
indicated by the TMR2IF bit of the PIR1 register being
set as the second PWM period begins.
Note: When the microcontroller is released from
Reset, all of the I/O pins are in the high-
impedance state. The external circuits
must ke ep the powe r switch de vices in the
OFF state until the microcontroller drives
the I/O pi ns with the prope r signal leve ls or
activates the PWM output(s).
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 100 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.4.4 ENHANCED PWM AUTO-
SHUTDOWN MODE
The PWM mod e supp orts an Auto-Shut dow n m ode that
will disable the PWM outputs when an external
shutdown event occurs. Auto-Shutdown mode places
the PWM output pins into a predetermined state. This
mode is used to help prevent the PWM from damaging
the application.
The auto-shutdown sources are selected using the
ECCPASx bits of the ECCPAS register. A shutdown
event may be generated by:
•A logic0’ on the INT pin
Comparator C1
Comparator C2
Setting the ECCPASE bit in firmware
A shutdown condition is indicated by the ECCPASE
(Auto-Shutdown Event Status) bit of the ECCPAS
register. If the bit is a ‘0’, the PWM pins are operating
normally. If the bit is a ‘1’, the PWM outputs are in the
shutdown state.
When a shutdow n event oc curs, two things ha ppen:
The ECCPASE bit is set to ‘1’. The ECCPASE will
remain set until cleared in firmware or an auto-restart
occurs (see Section 10.4.5 “Auto-Resta rt Mode”).
The enabled PWM pins are asynchronously placed in
their shutdown states. The PWM output pins are
grouped into pairs [P1A/P1C] and [P1B/P1D]. The state
of each pin pair is determined by the PSSAC and
PSSBD bits of the ECCPAS register. Each pin pair may
be placed into one of three states:
Drive logic ‘1
Drive logic ‘0
Tri-state (high-impedance)
REGISTER 10-2: ECCPAS: ENHANCED CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM AUTO-SHUTDOWN
CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
ECCPASE ECCPAS2 ECCPAS1 ECCPAS0 PSSAC1 PSSAC0 PSSBD1 PSSBD0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7 ECCPASE: ECCP Auto-Shutdown Event Status bit
1 = A shutdown event has occurred; ECCP outputs are in shutdown state
0 = ECCP outputs are operating
bit 6-4 ECCPAS<2:0>: ECCP Auto-shutdown Source Select bits
000 = Auto-Shutdown is disabled
001 = Comparator C1 output high
010 = Comparator C2 output high(1)
011 = Either Comparators output is high
100 =V
IL on INT pin
101 =V
IL on INT pin or Comparator C1 output high
110 =V
IL on INT pin or Comparator C2 output high
111 =V
IL on INT pin or either Comparators output is high
bit 3-2 PSSACn: Pins P1A and P1C Shutdown State Control bits
00 = Drive pins P1A and P1C to ‘0
01 = Drive pins P1A and P1C to ‘1
1x = Pins P1A and P1C tri-state
bit 1-0 PSSBDn: Pins P1B and P1 D Shutdown State Control bits
00 = Drive pins P1B and P1D to ‘0
01 = Drive pins P1B and P1D to ‘1
1x = Pins P1B and P1D tri-state
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 101
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
FIGURE 10-14: PWM AUTO-SHUTDOWN W ITH FIRMWARE RESTART (PRSEN = 0)
10.4.5 AUTO-RESTART MODE
The Enhanced PWM can be configured to automati-
cally restart the PWM signal once the auto-shutdown
condition has been removed. Auto-restart is enabled by
setting the PRSEN bit in the PWM1CON register.
If auto-restart is enabled, the ECCPASE bit will remain
set as long as the auto-shutdown condition is active.
When the auto-shutdown condition is removed, the
ECCPASE bit will be cleared via hardware and normal
operation will resume.
FIGURE 10-15: PWM AUTO-SHUTDOW N WITH AUTO-RESTART ENABLED (PRSEN = 1)
Note 1: The auto-shutdown condition is a level-
based signal, not an edge-based signal.
As long as the level is present, the auto-
shutdown will persist.
2: Writing to the ECCPASE bit is disabled
while an auto-shutdown condition
persists.
3: Once the auto-shutdown condition has
been removed and the PWM restarted
(either through firmware or auto-restart),
the PWM signal will always restart at the
beginning of the next PWM period.
Shutdown
PWM
ECCPASE bit
Activity
Event
Shutdown
Event Occurs Shutdown
Event Clears PWM
Resumes
Normal PWM
Start of
PWM Period
ECCPASE
Cleared by
Firmware
PWM Period
Shutdown
PWM
ECCPAS E bi t
Activity
Event
Shutdown
Event Occurs Shutdown
Event Cle ars PWM
Resumes
Normal PWM
Start of
PWM Perio d
PWM Period
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 102 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.4.6 PROGR AMMABLE DEAD -BAND
DELAY MODE
In half-b ridge applications where all po wer switches are
modul ate d at t he P WM fr equ ency, the powe r swi tches
normall y require more time to turn off than to turn on. If
both the upper and low er power switches are switched
at the same time (one turned on, and the other turned
of f), both s witc hes ma y be on for a sh ort period of tim e
until one switch completely turns off. During this brief
interval , a ve ry hig h curre nt (sh oot -through curren t) will
flow throug h both po wer swi tches, sh orting the bri dge
supply. To avoid this potentially destructive shoot-
through current from flowing during switching, turning
on either of the power switches is normally delayed to
allow th e other switch to complet ely turn off.
In Half-Bridge mode, a digitally programmable dead-
band delay is available to avoid shoot-through current
from destroying the bridge power switches. The delay
occurs at the signa l tra nsition fro m the no n-acti ve sta te
to the active state. See Figure 10-16 for illustration.
The lower seven bits of the associated PWM1CON
register (Register 10-3) sets the delay period in terms
of microcontroller instruction cycles (TCY or 4 TOSC).
FIGURE 10-16: EXAMPLE OF HALF-
BRIDGE PWM OUTPUT
FIGURE 10-17: EXAMPLE OF HALF-BRIDGE APPLICATIONS
Period
Pulse Width
td
td
(1)
P1A(2)
P1B(2)
td = Dead-Band Delay
Period
(1) (1)
Note 1: At this time, the TMR2 register is equal to the
PR2 register.
2: Output signals are shown as active-high.
P1A
P1B
FET
Driver
FET
Driver
V+
V-
Load
+
V
-
+
V
-
Standard Half-Bridge Circuit (“Push-Pull”)
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 103
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
TABLE 10-7: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PWM
REGISTER 10-3: PWM1CON: ENHANCED PWM CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
PRSEN PDC6 PDC5 PDC4 PDC3 PDC2 PDC1 PDC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7 PRSEN: PWM Restart Enable bit
1 = Upon auto-shutdown, the ECCPASE bit clears automatically once the shutdown event goes
away; the PWM restarts automatically
0 = Upon auto-shutdown, ECCPASE must be cleared in software to restart the PWM
bit 6-0 PDC<6:0>: PWM Delay Count bits
PDCn = Number of FOSC/4 (4 * TOSC) cycles between the scheduled time when a PWM signal
should transition active and the actual time it transitions active
Name Bit 7Bit 6Bit 5Bit 4Bit 3Bit 2Bit 1Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
CCP1CON(1) P1M1 P1M0 DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 0000 0000 0000 0000
CCPR1L(1) Captur e/Comp are/PWM Register 1 Low Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
CCPR1H(1) Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 High Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
CM1CON0 C1ON C1OUT C1OE C1POL C1R C1CH1 C1CH0 0000 -000 0000 -000
CM2CON0 C2ON C2OUT C2OE C2POL C2R C2CH1 C2CH0 0000 -000 0000 -000
CM2CON1 MC1OUT MC2OUT T1ACS C1HYS C2HYS T1GSS C2SYNC 00-0 0010 00-0 0010
ECCPAS(1) ECCPASE ECCPAS2 ECCPAS1 ECCPAS0 PSSAC1 PSSAC0 PSSBD1 PSSBD0 0000 0000 0000 0000
INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RAIE T0IF INTF RAIF 0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1 ADIE(1) CCP1IE(1) C2IE C1IE —TMR2IE
(1) TMR1IE -000 0-00 0000 0-00
PIR1 ADIF(1) CCP1IF(1) C2IF C1IF —TMR2IF
(1) TMR1IF -000 0-00 0000 0-00
PWM1CON(1) PRSEN PDC6 PDC5 PDC4 PDC3 PDC2 PDC1 PDC0 0000 0000 0000 0000
T2CON(1) TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 -000 0000 -000 0000
TMR2(1) Timer2 Modul e Regi ster 0000 0000 0000 0000
TRISA TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 --11 1111 --11 1111
TRISC TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 --11 1111 --11 1111
Legend: – = Unimple mented locat ions, read as ‘0’, u = unchanged, x = unknown. Shaded cells are not used by the Capture, Compare and PWM.
Note 1: PIC16F616/16HV616 only.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 104 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 105
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
11.0 VOLTAGE REGULATOR
The PIC16HV616 includes a permanent internal 5 volt
(nominal) shunt regulator in parallel with the VDD pin.
This eliminates the need for an external voltage
regulato r in syste ms sourced by an un regulated su pply .
All external devices connected directly to the VDD pin
will share the regulated supply voltage and contribute
to the total VDD supply current (ILOAD).
11.1 Regulator Operation
A shunt regulator generates a specific supply voltage
by creati ng a volt age drop ac ross a p ass resistor R SER.
The voltage at the VDD pin of the microcontroller is
monitored and compared to an internal voltage refer-
ence. The current through the resistor is then adjusted,
based on the result of the comparison, to produce a
volt age drop equal to the difference betwee n the supply
voltage VUNREG and the VDD of the microcontroller.
See Figure 11-1 for voltage regulator schematic.
FIGURE 11-1: VOLTAGE REGULATOR
An external current limiting resistor, RSER, located
betwee n the u nreg ula ted s upp ly, VUNREG, and the VDD
pin, drops the difference in voltage between VUNREG
and VDD. RSER must be between RMAX and RMIN as
defined by Equatio n 11-1.
EQUATION 11-1: RSER LIMITING RESISTOR
11.2 Regulator Considerations
The supply voltage VUNREG and load current are not
constant. Therefore, the current range of the regulator
is limited. Selecting a value for RSER must take these
three factors into consideration.
Since the regulator uses the band gap voltage as the
regulated voltage reference, this voltage reference is
permanently enabled in the PIC16F610/16HV610
devices.
Feedback
VDD
VSS
CBYPASS
RSER
VUNREG
ISUPPLY
ISHUNT
ILOAD
RMAX = (VUMIN - 5V)
1.05 • (4 MA + ILOAD)
RMIN = (VUMAX - 5V)
0.95 • (50 MA)
Where:
RMAX = maximum value of RSER (ohms)
RMIN = minimum value o f RSER (ohms)
VUMIN = minimum value of VUNREG
VUMAX= maximum value of VUNREG
VDD = regulated voltage (5V nominal)
ILOAD = maximum expected load current in mA
including I/O pin currents and externa
l
circuits connected to VDD.
1.05 = compensatio n for +5% to leranc e of RSER
0.95 = compensation for -5% tolerance of RSER
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 106 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
12.0 SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE
CPU
The PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616 has a host of
features intended to maximize system reliability,
minimize cost through elimination of external
components, provide power saving features and offer
code protection.
These features are:
•Reset
- Power-on Reset (P OR)
- Power-up Timer (PWRT)
- Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
- Brown-out Reset (BOR)
Interrupts
Watchdog Timer (WDT)
Oscillator selection
Sleep
Code protection
ID Locati ons
In-Circuit Serial Programming
The PIC16 F61 0/6 16/1 6H V61 0/6 16 h as tw o time rs th at
offer necessary delays on power-up. One is the
Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST), intended to keep the
chip in Reset until the crystal oscillator is stable. The
other is t he Power-up T im er (PWR T), wh ic h p rov ide s a
fixed delay of 64 ms (nominal) on power-up only,
designed to keep the part in Reset while the power
supply stabilizes. There is also circuitry to reset the
device if a brown-out occurs , which can use the Power-
up Timer to provide at lea st a 64 ms Reset. With thes e
three functions-on-chip, most applications need no
external Reset circuitry.
The Sleep mode is de signe d to of fer a very low-c urrent
Power-Down mode. The us er ca n wake -up fro m Slee p
through:
External Reset
Watchdog Timer Wake-up
An interrupt
Several oscillator options are also made available to
allow the part to fit the application. The INTOSC option
saves system cost while the LP crystal option saves
power. A set of Configuration bits are used to select
various options (see Register 12-1).
12.1 Configur ation Bits
The Configuration bits can be programmed (read as
0’), or left unprogrammed (read as ‘1’) to select various
device configurations as shown in Register 12-1.
These bits are mapped in program memory location
2007h.
Note: Address 2007h is beyond the user program
memory space. It belongs to the special
configuration memory space (2000h-
3FFFh), which can be accessed only during
programming. See “PIC12F60X/12F61X/
16F61X Memor y Programm ing Specif ica-
tion” (DS41284) f o r m o re i n f o r m a ti o n .
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 107
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
REGISTER 12-1: CONFIG: CONFIGURATION WORD REGISTER
—BOREN1
(1) BOREN0(1)
bit 15 bit 8
IOSCFS CP(2) MCLRE(3) PWRTE WDTE FOSC2 FOSC1 FOSC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit P = Programmable U = Unimplemented bit,
read as ‘0
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-10 Unimplemented: Read as1
bit 9-8 BOREN<1:0>: Brown-out Reset Selection bits(1)
11 = BOR enabled
10 = BOR enabled during operation and disabled in Sleep
0x = BOR disabled
bit 7 IOSCFS: Internal Oscillator Frequency Select bit
1 = 8 MHz
0 = 4 MHz
bit 6 CP: Code Protection bit(2)
1 = Program memory code protection is disabled
0 = Program memory code protection is enabled
bit 5 MCLRE: MCLR Pi n Function Select bit(3)
1 = MCLR pin function is MCLR
0 = MCLR pin function is digital input, MCLR internally tied to VDD
bit 4 PWRTE: Power-up Timer Enable bit
1 = PWRT disabled
0 = PWRT enabled
bit 3 WDTE: Watchdog Timer Enable bit
1 = WDT enabled
0 = WDT disabled
bit 2-0 FOSC<2:0>: Oscillator Selection bits
111 = RC oscillator: CLKOUT function on RA4/OSC2/CLKOUT pin, RC on RA5/OSC1/CLKIN
110 = RCIO oscillator: I/O function on RA4/OSC2/CLKOUT pin, RC on RA5/OSC1/CLKIN
101 = INTOSC oscillator: CLKOUT function on RA4/OSC2/CLKOUT pin, I/O function on
RA5/OSC1/CLKIN
100 = INTOSCIO oscillator: I/O function on RA4/OSC2/CLKOUT pin, I/O function on
RA5/OSC1/CLKIN
011 = EC: I/O function on RA4/OSC2/CLKOUT pin, CLKIN on RA5/OSC1/CLKIN
010 = HS oscillator: High-speed crystal/resonator on RA4/OSC2/CLKOUT and RA5/OSC1/CLKIN
001 = XT oscillator: Crys t al /res on ator on RA4 /OS C2/CLKOUT and RA5/OS C1/ C LKIN
000 = LP oscillator: Low-power crystal on RA4/OSC2/CLKOUT and RA5/OSC1/CLKIN
Note 1: Enabling Brown-out Reset does not automatically enable Power-up Timer.
2: The entire program memory will be erased when the code protection is turned off.
3: When MCLR is asserted in INTOSC or RC mode, the internal clock oscillator is disabled.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 108 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
12.2 Calibr a tion Bits
The 8 MHz internal oscillator is factory calibrated.
These calibration values are stored in fuses located in
the Calibration Word (2009h). The Calibration Word is
not erased when using the specified bulk erase
sequence in the “PIC12F60X/12F61X/16F61X Memory
Programm ing Specific ation” (DS41284 ) and thus, does
not require reprogramming.
12.3 Reset
The PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616 differentiates
between various kinds of Reset:
a) Power-on Reset (POR)
b) WDT Reset during normal operation
c) WDT Reset during Sleep
d) MCLR Reset during normal operation
e) MCLR Reset during Sleep
f) Brown-out Reset (BOR)
Some regi sters a re not af fected in a ny Rese t conditio n;
their status is un kn ow n on POR a nd un ch ang ed i n any
other Reset. Most other registers are reset to a “Reset
state” on:
Power- on Reset
•MCLR Reset
•MCLR
Reset during Sleep
WDT Reset
Brown-out Reset (BOR)
WDT wake-up does not cause register resets in the
same manner as a WDT Reset since wake-up is
viewed as the resump tio n of no rm al op eration. TO and
PD bits are set or cleared differently in different Reset
situati ons, as indicat ed in Table 12-2. Soft ware can use
these bits to determine the nature of the Reset. See
Table 12-4 for a full description of Reset states of all
registers.
A simplif ied block diagra m of the On-Chip Rese t Circu it
is sh own i n Figure 12- 1.
The MCLR Reset path has a noise filter to detect and
ignore small pulses. See Section 15.0 “Electrical
Specifications” for pulse-width specifications.
FIGURE 12-1: SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF ON-CHIP RESET CIRCUIT
S
RQ
External
Reset
MCLR/VPP pin
VDD
OSC1/
WDT
Module
POR
Detect
OST/PWRT
On-Chip
WDT
Time-out
Power-on Reset
OST
10-bit Ripple Counter
PWRT
Chip_Reset
11-bit Ripple Counter
Reset
Enable OST
Enable PWRT
Sleep
Brown-out(1)
Reset BOREN
CLKI pin
Note 1: Refer to the Configuration Word register (Register 12-1).
RC OSC
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 109
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
12.3.1 POWER-ON RESET (POR)
The on-chip POR circuit holds the chip in Reset until
VDD has reached a high enough level for proper
operation. To take advantage of the POR, simply
connect the MCLR pin through a resistor to VDD. This
will eliminate external RC components usually needed
to create Power-on Reset. A maximum rise time for
VDD is required. See Section 15.0 “Electrical
Specifications” for details. If the BOR is enabled, the
maximum rise time specification does not apply. The
BOR circuitry will keep the device in Reset until VDD
reaches VBOR (see Secti on 12.3.4 “B rown-out Res et
(BOR)”).
When the device starts normal operation (exits the
Reset condition), device operating parameters (i.e.,
voltage, frequency, temperature, etc.) must be met to
ensure proper operation. If these conditions are not
met, the device must be held in Reset until the
operating conditions are met.
For additional information, refer to Application Note
AN607, “Power-up Trouble Shooting” (DS00607).
12.3.2 MCLR
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616 has a noise filter in the
MCLR Reset path. The filter will detect and ignore
small pul ses.
It should be noted that a WDT Reset does not drive
MCLR pin low.
Voltages applied to the MCLR pin that exceed its
specification can result in both MCLR Resets and
excessive current beyond the device specification
during the ESD event. For this reason, Microchip
recommends that the MCLR pin no longer be tied
directly to VDD. The use of an RC network , as shown in
Figure 12-2, is sugge ste d.
An internal MCLR option is enabled by clearing the
MCLRE bit in the Configuration Word register. When
MCLRE = 0, the Reset signal to the chip is generated
internally. When the MCLRE = 1, the RA3/MCLR pin
becomes an external Reset input. In this mode, the
RA3/MCLR pin has a we ak pull-up to VDD.
FIGURE 12-2: RECOMMENDED MCLR
CIRCUIT
12.3.3 POWER-UP TIMER (PWRT)
The Power-up Timer provides a fixed 64 ms (nominal)
time-out on power-up only, from POR or Brown-out
Reset. The Power-up Timer operates from an inte rnal
RC oscillator. For more information, see Section 3.4
“Internal Clock Modes”. The chip is kept in Reset as
long as PWRT is active. The PWRT delay allows the
VDD to rise to an acceptable level. A Configuration bit,
PWRTE, can disable (if set) or enable (if cleared or
programmed) the Power-up Timer. The Power-up
Timer should be enabled when Brown-out Reset is
enabled, although it is not required.
The Power-up Timer delay will vary from chip-to-chip
due to:
•V
DD variation
Temperature variation
Process variation
See DC parameters for details (Section 15.0
“Electrical Specifications”).
Note: The POR circuit does not produce an
internal Reset when VDD declines. To re-
enable the POR, VDD must reach Vss for
a minimum of 100 μs.
Note: Voltage spikes below VSS at the MCLR
pin, induc ing cu rrent s gre ater than 80 mA,
may ca use la tch-up . Thus , a ser ies res is-
tor of 50-100 Ω should be used when
applying a “low” level to the MCLR pin,
rather than pulling this pin directly to VSS.
VDD
PIC® MCU
MCLR
R1
1kΩ (or greater)
C1
0.1 μF
(optional, not critical)
R2
100 Ω
(needed with capacitor)
SW1
(optional)
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 110 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
12.3.4 BROWN-OUT RESET (BOR)
The BOREN0 and BOREN1 bits in the Configuration
Word register select one of three BOR modes.
Selecting BOR EN<1:0> = 10, th e BOR is automat ically
disabled in Sleep to conserve power and enabled on
wake-u p. See Register 12-1 fo r the Configu ration Wo rd
definition.
A brown-out occurs when VDD falls below VBOR for
greater than parameter TBOR (see Section 15.0
“Electrical Specifications”). The brown-out condition
will reset the device. This will occur regardless of VDD
slew rate. A Brown-out Reset may not occur if VDD falls
below VBOR for less than parameter TBOR.
On any Reset (Power-on, Brown-out Reset, Watchdog
timer, etc.), the chip will remain in Reset until VDD rises
above VBOR (see Figure 12-3). If enabled, the Power-
up T imer will be invoke d by the Reset and keep the chip
in Reset an additional 64 ms.
If VDD drops below VBOR while the Power-up Timer is
running, the chip will go back into a Brown-out Reset
and the Power-u p Timer will be re-initialized. Onc e VDD
rises above VBOR, the Power-up Timer will execute a
64 ms Reset.
FIGURE 12-3: BROWN-OUT SITUATIONS
Note: The Power-up Timer is enabled by the
PWRTE bit in the Configuration Word
register.
64 ms(1)
VBOR
VDD
Internal
Reset
VBOR
VDD
Internal
Reset 64 ms(1)
< 64 ms
64 ms(1)
VBOR
VDD
Internal
Reset
Note 1: 64 ms delay only if PWRTE bit is programmed to ‘0’.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 111
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
12.3.5 TIME-OUT SEQUENCE
On power-up, the time-out seque nce is as follow s:
PWRT time-out is invoked after POR has expired.
OST is acti vated after the PWRT time-out has
expired.
The total time-out will vary based on oscillator
configuration and PWR TE bit status. For example, in EC
mode with PWRTE bit erased (PWRT disabled), there
will be no time-out at all. Figure 12-4, Figure 12-5 and
Figure 12-6 depict time-out sequences.
Since the time-outs occur from the POR pulse, if MCLR
is kept low long enough, the time-outs will expire. Then,
bringing MCLR high will begin execution immediately
(see Figure 12-5). This is useful for testing purposes or
to synchronize more than one PIC16F610/616/
16HV610/616 device op erating in parallel.
Table 12-5 shows the Reset conditions for some
special registers, while Table 12-4 shows the Reset
conditions for all the registers.
12.3.6 POWER CONTROL (PCON)
REGISTER
The Power Control register PCON (address 8Eh) has
two Status bits to indicate what type of Reset occurred
last.
Bit 0 is BOR (Brown-out). BOR is unknown on Power-
on Reset. It must then be set by the user and checked
on subsequent Res ets to see if BOR = 0, indicating th at
a Brown-out has occurred. The BOR Status bit is a
“don’t care” and is not necessarily predictable if the
brown-o ut circuit is disabl ed (BOREN<1:0> = 00 in the
Configuration Word register).
Bit 1 is POR (Power-on Reset). It is a ‘0’ on Power-on
Reset and unaf fec ted oth erwise. T he user m ust write a
1’ to this bit following a Power-on Reset. On a subse-
quent Reset, if POR is ‘0’, it will indicate that a Power-
on Reset has occurred (i.e., VDD may have gone too
low).
For more inform ation, see Section 12.3.4 “B rown- out
Reset (BOR)”.
TABLE 12-1: TIME-OUT IN VARIOUS SITUATIONS
TABLE 12-2: STATUS/PCON BITS AND THEIR SIGNIFICANCE
TABLE 12-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH BROWN-OUT RESET
Oscillator Configuration Power-up Brown-out Reset W ake-up from
Sleep
PWRTE = 0PWRTE = 1PWRTE = 0PWRTE = 1
XT, HS, LP TPWRT + 1024 •
TOSC 1024 • TOSC TPWRT + 1024 •
TOSC 1024 • TOSC 1024 • TOSC
RC, EC, INTOSC TPWRT —TPWRT ——
POR BOR TO PD Condition
0x11Power-on Reset
u011Brown-out Reset
uu0uWDT Re set
uu00WDT Wake-up
uuuuMCLR Reset during normal operation
uu10MCLR Reset during Sleep
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets(1)
PCON —PORBOR ---- --qq ---- --uu
STATUS IRP RP1 RP0 TO PD ZDC C0001 1xxx 000q quuu
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, – = unimplemented bit, reads as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Shaded cell s are not us ed by BOR.
Note 1: Other (non Power-up) Resets include MCLR Reset and Watchdog Timer Reset during normal operation.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 112 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 12-4: T IME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (DELAYED MCLR): CASE 1
FIGURE 12-5: T IME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (DELAYED MCLR): CASE 2
FIGURE 12-6: T IME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR WITH VDD)
TPWRT
TOST
VDD
MCLR
Internal POR
PWRT T ime-out
OST Time-out
Internal Reset
VDD
MCLR
Internal POR
PWRT Time-out
OST Time-out
Internal Reset
TPWRT
TOST
TOST
VDD
MCLR
Internal POR
PWRT Time-out
OST Time-out
Internal Reset
TPWRT
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 113
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
TABLE 12-4: INITIALIZATION CONDITION FOR REGISTERS
Register Address Power-on
Reset
MCLR Reset
WDT Reset
Brown-out Reset(1)
Wake-up from Sleep through
Interrupt
Wake-up from Sleep through
WDT Time-out
W—xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
INDF 00h/80h xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TMR0 01h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
PCL 02h/82h 0000 0000 0000 0000 PC + 1(3)
STATUS 03h/83h 0001 1xxx 000q quuu(4) uuuq quuu(4)
FSR 04h/84h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
PORTA 05h --x0 x000 --u0 u000 --uu uuuu
PORTC 07h --xx xx00 --uu 00uu --uu uuuu
PCLATH 0Ah/8Ah ---0 0000 ---0 0000 ---u uuuu
INTCON 0Bh/8Bh 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu(2)
PIR1 0Ch -000 0-00 -000 0-00 -uuu u-uu(2)
TMR1L 0Eh xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
TMR1H 0Fh xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
T1CON 10h 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu -uuu uuuu
TMR2(6) 11h 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
T2CON(6) 12h -000 0000 -000 0000 -uuu uuuu
CCPR1L(6) 13h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
CCPR1H(6) 14h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
CCP1CON(6) 15h 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
PWM1CON(6) 16h 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
ECCPAS(6) 17h 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
VRCON 19h 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
CM1CON0 1Ah 0000 -000 0000 -000 uuuu -uuu
CM2CON0 1Bh 0000 -000 0000 -000 uuuu -uuu
CM2CON1 1Ch 00-0 0000 00-0 0000 uu-u uuuu
ADRESH(6) 1Eh xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
ADCON0(6) 1Fh 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
OPTION_REG 81h 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu
TRISA 85h --11 1111 --11 1111 --uu uuuu
TRISC 87h --11 1111 --11 1111 --uu uuuu
PIE1 8Ch -000 0-00 -000 0-00 -uuu u-uu
PCON 8Eh ---- --0x ---- --uu(1, 5) ---- --uu
OSCTUNE 90h ---0 0000 ---u uuuu ---u uuuu
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, – = unimplemented bit, reads as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Note 1: If VDD goes too low, Power-on Reset will be activated and registers will be affected differently.
2: One or more bits in INTCON and/or PIR1 will be affected (to cause wake-up).
3: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIE bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt
vector (0004h).
4: See Table 12-5 for Reset value for specific condition.
5: If Reset was due to brown-out, then bit 0 = 0. All other Resets w ill cause bit 0 = u.
6: PIC16F616/16HV616 only.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 114 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 12-5: INITIALIZATION CONDITION FOR SPECIAL REGISTERS
ANSEL 91h 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu
PR2(6) 92h 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111
WPUA 95h --11 -111 --11 -111 --uu -uuu
IOCA 96h --00 0000 --00 0000 --uu uuuu
SRCON0 99h 0000 00-0 0000 00-0 uuuu uu-u
SRCON1 9Ah 00-- ---- 00-- ---- uu-- ----
ADRESL(6) 9Eh xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
ADCON1(6) 9Fh -000 ---- -000 ---- -uuu ----
Condition Program
Counter Status
Register PCON
Register
Power-on Reset 000h 0001 1xxx ---- --0x
MCLR Reset during normal operation 000h 000u uuuu ---- --uu
MCLR Reset during Sleep 000h 0001 0uuu ---- --uu
WDT R eset 000h 0000 uuuu ---- --uu
WDT Wake-up PC + 1 uuu0 0uuu ---- --uu
Brown-out Reset 000h 0001 1uuu ---- --10
Interrupt Wake-up from Sleep PC + 1(1) uuu1 0uuu ---- --uu
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, – = unimplemented bit, reads as 0’.
Note 1: When the w a ke -up i s du e to an i nterrupt and Global Int errup t Ena ble bit, GIE, is set, the PC is l oad ed wi th
the inter rupt vector (0004h) afte r execution of PC + 1.
TABLE 12-4: INITIALIZATION CONDITION FOR REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register Address Power-on
Reset
MCLR Reset
WDT Reset (Continued)
Brown-out Reset(1)
Wake-up from Sleep through
Interrupt
Wake-up from Sleep through
WDT Time-o ut (Continue d)
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, – = unimplemented bit, reads as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Note 1: If VDD goes too low, Power-on Reset will be activated and registers will be affected differently.
2: One or more bits in INTCON and/or PIR1 will be affected (to cause wake-up).
3: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIE bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt
vector (0004h).
4: See Table 12-5 for Reset value for specific condition.
5: If Reset was due to brown-out, then bit 0 = 0. All other Resets w ill cause bit 0 = u.
6: PIC16F616/16HV616 only.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 115
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
12.4 Interrupts
The PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616 has multiple
sources of interrupt:
External Inte rrup t RA2/INT
Timer0 Overflow Interrupt
PORTA Change Interrupts
2 Comparator Interrupts
A/D Interrupt (PIC16F616/16HV616 only)
Timer1 Overflow Interrupt
Tim er2 Match Inte rrupt (PIC16F616/1 6H V616 onl y)
Enhanced CCP Interrupt (PIC16F616/16HV616
only)
The Interrup t Control register (INTCON) and Peripheral
Interrupt Request Register 1 (PIR1) record individual
interrupt requests in flag bits. The INTCON register
also has individual and global interrupt enable bits.
The Global Interrupt Enable bit, GIE of the INTCON
register, enables (if set) all unmasked interrupts, or
disables (if cleared) all interrupts. Individual interrupts
can be disabled through their corresponding enable
bits in the INTCON register and PIE1 register. GIE is
cleared on Reset.
When an interrupt is serviced, the following actions
occu r aut omatically:
The GIE i s clea red to disa ble an y fu rther interrup t.
The return address is pushed onto the stack.
The PC is loaded with 0004h.
The Return from Interrupt instruction, RETFIE, exits
the interrupt routine, as well as sets the GIE bit, which
re-enable s unm as ke d inte rrupts.
The following interrupt flags are contained in the
INTCON register:
INT Pin Interrupt
PORTA Change Interrupt
Timer0 Overflow Interrupt
The peripheral interrupt flags are contained in the
special register, PIR1. The corresponding interrupt
enable bit is contained in special register, PIE1.
The following interrupt flags are contained in the PIR1
register:
A/D Interrupt
2 Comparator Interrupts
Timer1 Overflow Interrupt
Timer2 Match Interrupt
Enhanced CCP Interrupt
For external interrupt events, such as the INT pin or
PORTA change interrupt, the interrupt latency will be
three or four instruction cycles. The exact latency
depends upon when the interrupt event occurs (see
Figure 12-8). The latency is the same for one or two-
cycle instructions. Once in the Interrupt Service
Routine, the source(s) of the interrupt can be
determined by polling the interrupt flag bits. The
interrupt flag bit(s) must be cleared in software before
re-enabling interrupts to avoid multiple interrupt
requests.
For additional information on Timer1, Timer2,
comparators, ADC, Enhanced CCP modules, refer to
the respective peripheral section.
12.4.1 RA2/INT INTERRUPT
The external interrupt on the RA2/INT pin is edge-
triggered; either on the rising edge if the INTEDG bit of
the OPTION register is set, or the falling edge, if the
INTEDG b it is cle ar. When a valid e dge ap pears o n the
RA2/INT pin, the INTF bit of the INTCON register is set.
This interrupt can be disabled by clearing the INTE
control bit of the INTCON register. The INTF bit must
be cleared by software in the Inte rrup t Servic e R ou tin e
before r e-enabl ing t his interrup t. The RA2/INT interru pt
can wake-up the processor from Sleep, if the INTE bit
was set prior to going into Sleep. See Section 12.7
“Power-Down M ode (Sleep)” f or deta ils on Sleep and
Figure 12-9 for timing of wake-up from Sleep through
RA2/INT interrupt.
Note 1: Individual interrupt flag bits are set,
regardless of the status of their
corresponding mask bit or the GIE bit.
2: When an instruction that clears the GIE
bit is executed, any interrupts that were
pending for execution in the next cycle
are ignored. The interrupts, which were
ignored, are still pending to be serviced
when the GIE bit is set again.
Note: The ANSEL register must be initialized to
configure an analog channel as a digital
input. Pi ns configu red as analo g inputs will
read ‘0’ and cannot generate an interrupt.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 116 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
12.4.2 TIMER0 INTERRUPT
An overflow (FFh 00h) in the TMR0 register will set
the T0IF bit of the INTCON register. The interrupt can
be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing T0IE bit of the
INTCON register. See Section 5.0 “Timer0 Module”
for operation of the Timer0 module.
12.4.3 PORTA INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE
An input change on PORTA sets the RAIF bit of the
INTCON register. The interrupt can be enabled/
disabled by set ting/clearing the RAIE bit of the INTCON
register. Plus, individual pins can be configured through
the IOCA register.
FIGURE 12-7: INTERRUP T LOGIC
Note: If a change on the I/O pin should occur
when any PORTA operation is being
execute d, then the RAIF i nterrupt flag ma y
not get set.
TMR1IF
TMR1IE
C1IF
C1IE
T0IF
T0IE
INTF
INTE
RAIF
RAIE
GIE
PEIE
Wake-up (If in Sleep mode)(1)
Inte rrup t to C PU
ADIF(2)
ADIE(2)
IOC-RA0
IOCA0
IOC-RA1
IOCA1
IOC-RA2
IOCA2
IOC-RA3
IOCA3
IOC-RA4
IOCA4
IOC-RA5
IOCA5
TMR2IF(2)
TMR2IE(2)
CCP1IF(2)
CCP1IE(2)
C2IF
C2IE
Note 1: Some peripherals depend upon the system clock for
operation. Since the system clock is suspended during Sleep, only
those peripherals which do not depend upon the system clock will wake
the part from Sleep. See Section 12.7.1 “Wake-up from Sleep”.
2: PIC16F616/16HV616 only.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 117
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
FIGURE 12-8: INT PIN INTERRUPT TIMING
TABLE 12-6: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERRUPTS
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Va lue on
POR, BOR
Va lue on
all other
Resets
INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RAIE T0IF INTF RAIF 0000 0000 0000 0000
IOCA IOCA5 IOCA4 IOCA3 IOCA2 IOCA1 IOCA0 --00 0000 --00 0000
PIR1 —ADIF
(1) CCP1IF(1) C2IF C1IF —TMR2IF
(1) TMR1IF -000 0-00 -000 0-00
PIE1 —ADIE
(1) CCP1IE(1) C2IE C1IE —TMR2IE
(1) TMR1IE -000 0-00 -000 0-00
Legend: x = unknown , u = unchanged, – = unimplemented read as 0’, q = value depends upon condition.
Shaded cells are not used by the interrupt module.
Note 1: PIC16F616/16HV616 only.
Q2Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2Q1 Q3 Q4
OSC1
CLKOUT
INT p i n
INTF flag
(INTCON reg.)
GIE bit
(INTCON reg.)
INSTRUCTION FLOW
PC
Instruction
Fetched
Instruction
Executed
Interrupt Latency
PC PC + 1 PC + 1 0004h 0005h
Inst (0004h) Inst (0005h)
Dummy Cycle
Inst (PC) Inst (PC + 1)
Inst (PC – 1) Inst (0004h)
Dummy Cycle
Inst (PC)
Note 1: INTF flag is sampled here (every Q1).
2: Asynchronous interrupt latency = 3-4 TCY. Synchronous latency = 3 TCY, where TCY = instruction cycle time. Latency
is the same whether Inst (PC) is a single cycle or a 2-cycle instruction.
3: CLKOUT is available only in INTOSC and RC Oscillator modes.
4: For minimum width of INT pulse, refer to AC specifications in Section 15.0 “Electrical Specifications”.
5: INTF is enabled to be set any time during the Q4-Q1 cycles.
(1) (2)
(3) (4)
(5)
(1)
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 118 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
12.5 Context Saving During Int errupts
During an interrupt, only the return PC value is saved
on the stack. Typically, users may wish to save key
registers during an interrupt (e.g., W and STATUS
registers). This must be implemented in software.
Temporary holding registers W_TEMP and
STATUS_TEMP should be placed in the last 16 bytes
of GPR (see Figure 2-4). These 16 locations are
common to all banks and do not require banking. This
makes context save and restore operations simpler.
The code shown in Ex ample 12-1 can be used to:
Store the W register
Store the STATUS register
Execute the ISR code
Restore the Status (and Bank Select Bit register)
Restore the W register
EXAMPLE 12-1: SAVING STATUS AND W REGISTERS IN RAM
Note: The PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616 does
not require saving the PCLATH. However,
if computed GOTO’s are used in both the
ISR an d the main code , the PCLATH must
be saved and restored in t he ISR.
MOVWF W_TEMP ;Copy W to TEMP register
SWAPF STATUS,W ;Swap status to be saved into W
;Swaps are used because they do not affect the status bits
MOVWF STATUS_TEMP ;Save status to bank zero STATUS_TEMP register
:
:(ISR) ;Insert user code here
:
SWAPF STATUS_TEMP,W ;Swap STATUS_TEMP register into W
;(sets bank to original state)
MOVWF STATUS ;Move W into STATUS register
SWAPF W_TEMP,F ;Swap W_TEMP
SWAPF W_TEMP,W ;Swap W_TEMP into W
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 119
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
12.6 Watchdog Timer (WDT)
The Watchdog Timer is a free running, on-chip RC
oscillator , which requires no external components. This
RC oscillator is sep arate from the external RC oscillator
of the CLKIN pin and INTOSC. That means that the
WDT wi ll run, even if th e clock on th e OSC1 and OSC 2
pins of the device has been stopped (for example, by
execut ion of a SLEEP ins truc tio n). D u ring nor mal op er-
ation, a WDT time out generates a device Reset. If the
device is in Sleep mode, a WDT time out causes the
device to wake-up and continue with normal operation.
The WDT can be permanently disabled by program-
ming the Configuration bit, WDTE, as clear
(Section 12.1 “Configuration Bits”).
12.6.1 WDT PERIOD
The WDT ha s a nomin al time -out perio d of 18 ms (wi th
no prescaler). The time-out periods vary with
temperature, VDD and process variations from part to
part (see Table 1 5-4, Parameter 31). If longer time-out
periods are desired, a prescaler with a division ratio of
up to 1:128 can be assigned to the WDT under
software control by writing to the OPTION register.
Thus, time-out periods up to 2.3 seconds can be
realized.
The CLRWDT and SLEEP instructions clear the WDT
and the presc al er, if assi gne d to the WD T, and prevent
it from timing out and generating a device Reset.
The TO bit in the STATUS register will be cleare d upon
a Watchdog Timer time out.
12.6.2 WDT PROGRAMMING
CONSIDERATIONS
It should also be taken in account that under worst-
case con d iti on s (i .e ., VDD = Min., Temperature = Max.,
Max. WDT prescaler) it may take several seconds
before a WDT time out occurs.
FIGURE 12-2: WATCHDOG TIMER BLOCK DIAGRAM
TABLE 12-7: WDT STATUS
Conditions WDT
WDTE = 0
ClearedCLRWDT Command
Exit Sleep + System Clock = EXTRC, INTRC, EC
Exit Sleep + System Clock = XT, HS, LP Cleared until the end of OST
T0CKI
T0SE
pin
CLKOUT
TMR0
Watchdog
Timer
WDT
Time-Out
PS<2:0>
WDTE
Data Bus
Set Flag bit T0IF
on Overflow
T0CS
Note 1: T0SE , T0CS, PSA , PS<2:0> are bits in the OPTION register.
0
1
0
1
0
1
SYNC 2
Cycles
8
8
8-bit
Prescaler
0
1
(= FOSC/4)
PSA
PSA
PSA
3
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 120 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 12-8: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH WATCHDOG TIMER
Name B i t 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bi t 2 B it 1 Bit 0 Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
OPTION_REG RAPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111
CONFIG(1) IOSCFS CP MCLRE PWRTE WDTE FOSC2 FOSC1 FOSC0
Legend: Shaded cells are not used by the Watchdog Timer.
Note 1: S ee Register 12-1 for operation of all Configuration Wor d register bits.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 121
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
12.7 Power-Down Mode (Sleep)
The Power-Down mode is entered by executing a
SLEEP instruction.
If the Watchdog Timer is enabled:
WDT will be cleared but keeps running.
•PD
bit in the STATUS register is cleared.
•TO
bit is set.
Oscillator driver is turned off.
I/O ports maintain the status they had before SLEEP
was executed (driving high, low or high-impedance).
For lowest cu rrent consumption in this mode, all I/O pins
should be either at V DD or VSS, with no external circuitry
drawing current from the I/O pin and the comparators
and CVREF should be disabled. I/O pins that are high-
impedance inputs should be pulled high or low externally
to avoid switching currents caused by floating inputs.
The T0CKI input should also be at VDD or VSS for lowest
current cons umption. The contribution from on-chip pull-
ups on PORTA should be considered.
The MCLR pin must be at a logic high level.
12.7.1 WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP
The devi ce can wake -up from Sleep through one of th e
following events:
1. External Reset input on MCLR pin.
2. Watchdog Timer wake-up (if WDT was
enabled).
3. Interrupt from RA2/INT p in, POR TA change or a
peripheral interrupt.
The firs t event wi ll cause a devic e Reset. The two latter
events are considered a continuation of program
execution. The TO and PD bits in the STATUS register
can be used to determine the cause of device Reset.
The PD bit, whic h is se t on power -up, is cl eare d wh en
Sleep is invoked. TO bit is cleared if WDT wake-up
occurred.
The follo wing periph eral interrupt s can wake the device
from Sleep:
1. Timer1 interrupt. Timer1 must be operating as
an asynchronous counter.
2. ECCP Capture mode interrupt.
3. A/D conversion (when A/D clock source is RC).
4. Comparator output changes state.
5. Interrupt-on-change.
6. External Interrupt from INT pin.
Other peripherals cannot generate interrupts since
during Sleep, no on-chip clocks are present.
When the SLEEP instruction is being executed, the next
instruction (PC + 1) is prefetched. For the device to
wake-up thro ugh an interrupt eve nt, the co rres pon ding
interrupt enable bit must be set (enabled). Wake-up is
regardless of the state of the GIE bit. If the GIE bit is
clear (disabled), the device continues execution at the
instruction after the SLEEP instruction. If the GIE bit is
set (enabled), the device executes the instruction after
the SLEEP instruction, then branches to the interrupt
address (0004h). In cases where the execution of the
instruction following SLEEP is not desirable, the user
should hav e a NOP after the SLEEP instruction.
The WDT is cleared when the device wakes up from
Sleep, regardless of the source of wake-up.
12.7.2 WAKE-UP USING INTERRUPTS
When global interrupts are disabled (GIE cleared) and
any interrupt source has both its interrupt enable bit
and inte rrupt fla g bit s et, one of the fo llow ing wil l occur:
If the interrupt occurs before the execution of a
SLEEP instruction, the SLEEP instruction will
comple te as a NOP. Therefore, th e WDT and WDT
prescaler and postscaler (i f enabled) will not be
cleared, the TO bit will not be set and the PD bit
will not be cleared.
If the interrupt occurs during or after the
execution of a SLEEP instructio n, the dev ic e will
Immediately wake-up from Sleep. The SLEEP
instruction is executed. Therefore, the WDT and
WDT prescal er and pos t s ca ler (if ena bled) will be
cleared, the TO bit will be set and the PD bit will
be cleared.
Even if the flag bits were checked before executing a
SLEEP instruction, it may be possible for flag bits to
become set before the SLEEP inst ruction comple tes. To
determine whether a SLEEP instr uction ex ecuted , test
the PD bit. If the PD bit is set, the SLEEP instruction
was executed as a NOP.
To ensure that the WDT is cleared, a CLRWDT instruction
should be executed before a SLEEP instruction. See
Figure 12-9 for more details.
Note: It should be noted that a Reset generated
by a WDT time-out does not drive MCLR
pin low.
Note: If the g lobal interrup ts a re disa bled (G IE is
cleared) and any interrupt source has both
it s interrupt enabl e bit and the corres pond-
ing interrupt flag bits set, the device will
immediately wake-up from Sleep.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 122 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 12-9: WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP THROUGH INTERRUPT
12.8 Code Protection
If the code protection bit(s) have not been
programmed, the on-chip program memory can be
read out using ICSP for ver ification purposes.
12.9 ID Locations
Four memory locations (2000h-2003h) are designated
as ID locations where the user can store checksum or
other code identification numbers. These locations are
not accessible during normal execution but are
readable and writable during Program/Verify mode.
Only the Least Significant 7 bits of the ID locations are
used.
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1
CLKOUT(4)
INT pin
INTF flag
(INTCON reg.)
GIE bit
(INTCON reg.)
Instruction Flow
PC
Instruction
Fetched
Instruction
Executed
PC PC + 1 PC + 2
Inst(PC) = Sleep
Inst(PC – 1)
Inst(PC + 1)
Sleep
Processor in
Sleep
Interrupt Latency(3)
Inst(PC + 2)
Inst(PC + 1)
Inst(0004h) Inst(0005h)
Inst(0004h)
Dummy Cycle
PC + 2 0004h 0005h
Dummy Cycle
TOST(2)
PC + 2
Note 1: XT, HS or LP Oscillator mode assume d.
2: TOST = 10 24 TOSC (drawing not to scale). This delay does not apply to EC, INTOSC and RC Oscillator modes.
3: GIE = ‘1’ assumed. In this case after wake-up, the processor jumps to 0004h. If GIE = ‘0’, execution will continue in-line.
4: CLKOUT is not available in XT, HS, LP or EC Oscillator modes, but shown here for timing reference.
Note: The entire Flash program memory will be
erased when the code protection is turned
off. See the “PIC12F60X/12F61X/16F61X
Memory Programming Specification”
(DS41284) for more information.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 123
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
12.10 In-Circuit Serial Programming™
The PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616 microcontrollers
can be serially programmed while in the end
application circuit. This is simply done with five
connections for:
•clock
•data
power
ground
programming voltage
This allows customers to manufacture boards with
unprogrammed devices and then program the micro-
controller just before shipping the product. This also
allows the most recent firmware or a custom firmware
to be programmed.
The device is placed into a Program/Verify mode by
holding the RA0 and RA1 pins low, while raising the
MCLR (VPP) pin from V IL to VIHH. See the “PIC1 2F60X/
12F61X/16F61X Memory Programming Specification”
(DS41284) for more information. RA0 becomes the
programming data and RA1 becomes the programmin g
clock. Both RA0 and RA1 are Schmitt Trigger inputs in
Program/Verify mode.
A typical In-Circuit Serial Programming connection is
shown in Figure 12-10.
FIGURE 12-10: TYPICAL IN-CIRCUIT
SERIAL PROGRAMMING
CONNECTION
12.11 In-Circuit Debugger
Since in-circuit debugging requires access to three
pins, MPLAB® ICD 2 development with an 14-pin
device is not practical. A special 28-pin PIC16F610/
616/16H V610/616 IC D devic e is used with MPLAB ICD
2 to provide separate clock, data and MCLR pins and
frees all normally available pins to the user.
A special debugging adapter allows the ICD device to
be used in place of a PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
device . The debugging a dapter is the onl y source of the
ICD devi ce.
When the ICD pin on the PIC16F610/616/16HV610/
616 ICD device is held low, the In-Circuit Debugger
functionality is enabled. This function allows simple
debugging functions when used with MPLAB ICD 2.
When the microcontroller has this feature enabled,
some of the resources are not available for general
use. Table 12-9 shows which features are consumed
by the background debugger.
TABLE 12-9: DEBUGGER RESOURCES
For more information, see “MPLAB® ICD 2 In-Circuit
Debugger User’s Guide” (DS51331), available on
Micro c hip’s we b site (www.microchip.c om).
FIGURE 12-11: 28-PIN ICD PINOUT
Note: To erase, the device VDD must be above
the Bulk Erase VDD minimum given in the
PIC12F615/12HV615/16F616/16HV616
Memory Programming Specification”
(DS41284)
External
Connector
Signals
To Normal
Connections
To Normal
Connections
PIC16F610/16HV610
VDD
VSS
MCLR/VPP/RA3
RA1
RA0
+5V
0V
VPP
CLK
Data I/O
* * *
*
* Isolation devices (as required)
PIC16F616/16HV616
Resource Description
I/O pins ICDCLK, ICDDATA
Stack 1 level
Program Memory Address 0h must be NOP
700h-7FFh
28-Pin PDIP
PIC16F616-ICD
In-Circuit Debug Device
VDD
CS0
CS1
CS2
RA5
RA4
GND
RA0
RA1
SHUNTEN
RC3 NC
RA2
RC0
RA3
RC5
RC4
RC1
RC2
NC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
ICDDATA ICD
NC
ICDCLK
ICDMCLR
NC
NC
NC
11
12
13
14
18
17
16
15
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 124 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 125
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
13.0 INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY
The PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616 instruction set is
highly orthogonal and is comprised of three basic
categories:
Byte-oriented operations
Bit-oriented operations
Literal and cont rol operations
Each PIC16 instruction is a 14-bit word divided into an
opcode, which specifi es the instructi on type and one or
more operands, which further specify the operation of
the instruction. The formats for each of the categories
is presented in Figure 13-1, while the various opcode
fields are sum m ariz ed in Table 13-1.
Table 13-2 lists the instructions recognized by the
MPASMTM assembler.
For byte-oriented instructions, ‘f’ represents a file
register designator and ‘d’ represents a destination
designator. The file register designator specifies which
file register is to be used by the instruction.
The desti nation designator specifies where the result of
the operation is to be placed. If ‘d’ is zero, the result is
placed in the W regis ter . If ‘d’ is one, the res ult is place d
in the file register specified in the instruction.
For bit-oriented instructions, ‘b’ represents a bit field
designator, which selects the bit affected by the
operation, while ‘f’ represents the address of the file in
which the bit is located.
For literal and control operations, ‘k’ represents an
8-bit or 11-bit constant, or literal value.
One instr uction cycle co nsists of four os cillator periods ;
for an oscillator frequency o f 4 MHz, t his gives a normal
instruction execution time of 1 μs. All instructions are
executed within a single instruction cycle, unless a
conditional test is true, or the program counter is
change d as a result of an instruction. When this occurs,
the execution takes two instruction cycles, with the
second cycle executed as a NOP.
All instruction examples use the format0xhh’ to
represent a hexadecimal number, whereh’ signifies a
hexadecimal digit.
13.1 Read-Modif y-Write Operations
Any instruction that specifies a file register as part of
the instruction performs a Read-Modify-Write (RMW)
operation. The register is read, the data is modified,
and the result is stored according to either the instruc-
tion or the destination designator ‘d’. A read operation
is performed on a register even if the instruction writes
to that register.
For example, a CLRF PORTA instruction will read
PORTA, clear all the data bits, then write the result back
to PORTA. This example would have the unintended
consequence of clearing the condition that set the RAIF
flag.
TABLE 13-1: OPCODE FIELD
DESCRIPTIONS
FIGURE 13-1: GENERAL FORMAT FOR
INSTRUCTIONS
Field Description
fRegister file address (0x00 to 0x7F)
WWorking register (accumulator)
bBit address within an 8-bit file register
kLiteral field, constant data or label
xDon’t care location (= 0 or 1).
The assembler will generate code with x = 0.
It is the recommended form of use for
compatibility with all Microchip software tools.
dDestination select; d = 0: store result in W,
d = 1: store result in file register f.
Default is d = 1.
PC Program Counter
TO Time-out bit
CCarry bit
DC Digit carry bit
ZZero bit
PD Power-down bit
Byte-oriented file register operati ons
13 8 7 6 0
d = 0 for destination W
OPCODE d f (FILE #)
d = 1 for destination f
f = 7-bit file register address
Bit-oriented file register operati ons
13 10 9 7 6 0
OPCODE b (B IT # ) f (FILE #)
b = 3-bit bit address
f = 7-bit file register address
Literal and control operations
13 8 7 0
OPCODE k (liter a l )
k = 8-bit immediate value
13 11 10 0
OPCODE k (liter a l )
k = 11-bit immediate value
General
CALL and GOTO instructions only
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 126 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 13-2: PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616 INSTRUCTION SET
Mnemonic,
Operands Description Cycles 14-B it Opcod e Status
Affected Notes
MSb LSb
BYTE-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS
ADDWF
ANDWF
CLRF
CLRW
COMF
DECF
DECFSZ
INCF
INCFSZ
IORWF
MOVF
MOVWF
NOP
RLF
RRF
SUBWF
SWAPF
XORWF
f, d
f, d
f
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
Add W and f
AND W with f
Clear f
Clear W
Complement f
Decrement f
Decrement f, Skip if 0
Increment f
Increment f, Skip if 0
Inclusive OR W with f
Move f
Move W to f
No Operation
Rotate Left f through Carry
Rotate Right f through Carry
Subtract W from f
Swap nibbles in f
Exclusive OR W with f
1
1
1
1
1
1
1(2)
1
1(2)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
0111
0101
0001
0001
1001
0011
1011
1010
1111
0100
1000
0000
0000
1101
1100
0010
1110
0110
dfff
dfff
lfff
0xxx
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
lfff
0xx0
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
ffff
ffff
ffff
xxxx
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
0000
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
C, DC, Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
C
C
C, DC, Z
Z
1, 2
1, 2
2
1, 2
1, 2
1, 2, 3
1, 2
1, 2, 3
1, 2
1, 2
1, 2
1, 2
1, 2
1, 2
1, 2
BIT-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS
BCF
BSF
BTFSC
BTFSS
f, b
f, b
f, b
f, b
Bit Clear f
Bit Set f
Bit Test f, Skip if Clear
Bit Test f, Skip if Set
1
1
1 (2)
1 (2)
01
01
01
01
00bb
01bb
10bb
11bb
bfff
bfff
bfff
bfff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
1, 2
1, 2
3
3
LITERAL AND CONTROL OPERATIONS
ADDLW
ANDLW
CALL
CLRWDT
GOTO
IORLW
MOVLW
RETFIE
RETLW
RETURN
SLEEP
SUBLW
XORLW
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
Add literal and W
AND literal with W
Call Subroutine
Clear Watchdog Timer
Go to address
Inclusive OR literal with W
Move litera l to W
Return from interrupt
Return with literal in W
Return from Subroutine
Go into Standby mode
Subtract W from literal
Exclusive OR literal with W
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
11
11
10
00
10
11
11
00
11
00
00
11
11
111x
1001
0kkk
0000
1kkk
1000
00xx
0000
01xx
0000
0000
110x
1010
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
0110
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
0000
kkkk
0000
0110
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
0100
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
1001
kkkk
1000
0011
kkkk
kkkk
C, DC, Z
Z
TO, PD
Z
TO, PD
C, DC, Z
Z
Note 1: When an I/O register is modified as a function of itself (e.g., MOVF PORTA, 1), the value used will be t hat value present
on the pins themselves. For example, if the data latch is ‘1’ for a pin configured as input and is driven low by an external
device, the data will be written back with a ‘0’.
2: If this instruction is executed on the TMR0 register (and where applicable, d = 1) , the prescaler will be cleared if
assigned to the Timer0 module.
3: If the Program Counter (PC) is modified, or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The second
cycle is executed as a NOP.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 127
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
13.2 Instr uction Descriptions
ADDLW Add literal and W
Syntax: [ label ] ADDLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: (W) + k (W)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: The contents of the W register
are added to the eight-bit literal ‘k’
and the result is placed in the
W register.
ADDWF Add W and f
Syntax: [ label ] ADDWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (W) + (f) (destination)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Desc ription: Add the contents o f the W register
with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0, the
result is stored in the W registe r . I f
‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back
in register ‘f’.
ANDLW AND literal with W
Syntax: [ label ] ANDLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: (W) .AND. (k) (W)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of W register are
AND’ed with the eight-bit literal
‘k’. The result is placed in the W
register.
ANDWF AND W with f
Syntax: [ label ] ANDWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (W) .AND. (f) (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Description: AND the W register with register
‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the resu lt is stored in
the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the
result is sto r ed bac k in regi ste r ‘f’.
BCF Bit Clear f
Syntax: [ label ] BCF f,b
Operands: 0 f 127
0 b 7
Operation: 0 (f<b>)
Status Af fe cte d: None
Description: Bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is cleared.
BSF Bit Set f
Syntax: [ label ] BSF f,b
Operands: 0 f 127
0 b 7
Operation: 1 (f<b>)
Status Af fe cte d: None
Description: Bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is set.
BTFSC Bit Test f, Skip if Clear
Syntax: [ label ] BTFSC f,b
Operands: 0 f 127
0 b 7
Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 0
Status Af fe cte d: None
Descr iption: If bi t ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is ‘1 , t he ne xt
instruction is executed.
If bit ‘b’ in reg ister ‘f’ is ‘0’, t he ne xt
instruction is discarded, and a NOP
is exec uted ins tea d, m ak ing thi s a
two-cycle instruction.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 128 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
BTFSS Bit Test f, Skip if Set
Syntax: [ label ] BTFSS f,b
Operands: 0 f 127
0 b < 7
Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 1
Status Affected: None
Desc ription: If bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ i s ‘0’, the next
instructi on is exec uted .
If bit ‘b’ is ‘1’, then the next
instructi on is discarded an d a NOP
is exec ute d i nst ead, making this a
two -cycle ins truc tion.
CALL Call Su broutine
Syntax: [ label ] CALL k
Operands: 0 k 2047
Operation: (PC)+ 1 TOS,
k PC<10:0>,
(PCLATH<4:3>) PC<12:11>
Status Affected: None
Description: Call Subroutine. First, return
address (PC + 1) is pushed onto
the stack. The eleven-bit
immediate address is loaded into
PC bits <10:0>. The upper bits of
the PC are loa ded from PC LATH.
CALL is a two-cycle instruction.
CLRF Clear f
Syntax: [ label ] CLRF f
Operands: 0 f 12 7
Operation: 00h (f)
1 Z
Status Affected: Z
Desc ript ion : The conten t s of regi ste r ‘f’ are
cleared and the Z bit is set.
CLRW Clear W
Syntax: [ label ] CLRW
Operands: None
Operation: 00h (W)
1 Z
Status Affected: Z
Description: W register is cleared. Zero bit (Z)
is set.
CLRWDT Clear Watchdog Timer
Syntax: [ label ] CLRWDT
Operands: None
Operation: 00h WDT
0 WDT prescaler,
1 TO
1 PD
Status Af fe cte d: TO, PD
Description: CLRWDT instruction resets the
W atchdog T imer . It also resets the
prescaler of the WDT.
Status bits TO and PD are set.
COMF Complement f
Syntax: [ label ] COMF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) (destination)
Status Af fe cte d: Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are
complemented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the
result is stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’,
the result is stored back in
register ‘f’.
DECF Decrement f
Syntax: [ label ] DECF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) - 1 (destination)
Status Af fe cte d: Z
Description: Decrement register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is0’,
the result is stored in the W
register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
stored back in register ‘f’.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 129
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DECFSZ Decrement f, Skip if 0
Syntax: [ label ] DECFSZ f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) - 1 (destination);
skip if result = 0
Status Affected: None
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are
decrem ented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, th e result
is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is
1’, the result is placed back in
register ‘f’.
If the result is ‘1’, the next
instruction is executed. If the
resu lt is ‘0’, then a NOP is
executed instead, making it a
two-cycle instruction.
GOTO Unconditional Branch
Syntax: [ label ] GOTO k
Operands: 0 k 2047
Operation: k PC<10:0>
PCLATH<4:3> PC<12:11>
Status Affected: None
Description: GOTO is an unconditional branch.
The e le ven -bi t im me dia t e v al ue i s
loaded into PC bits <10:0>. The
upper bits of PC are loaded from
PCLATH<4:3>. GOTO is a
two-cycle instruction.
INCF Increment f
Syntax: [ label ] INCF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) + 1 (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are
incremen ted. If ‘d’ is 0’, th e res ult
is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is
1’, the result is placed back in
register ‘f’.
INCFSZ Increment f, Skip if 0
Syntax: [ label ] INCFSZ f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) + 1 (destination),
skip if result = 0
Status Af fe cte d: None
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are
incremented. If ‘d’ is0’, the result
is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is
1’, the result is placed back in
register ‘f’.
If the result is 1’, the next
instruction is executed. If the
result is0’, a NOP is executed
instead, making it a two-cycle
instruction.
IORLW Inclusive OR literal with W
Syntax: [ label ] IORLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: (W) .OR. k (W)
Status Af fe cte d: Z
Descr iption: The c ontents of the W regis ter are
OR’ed with the eight-bit literal ‘k’.
The result is placed in the
W registe r.
IORWF Inclusive OR W with f
Syntax: [ label ] IORWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (W) .OR. (f) (destination)
Status Af fe cte d: Z
Description: Inclusive OR the W register with
register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is
1’, the result is pla ce d back in
register ‘f’.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 130 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
MOVF Move f
Syntax: [ label ] MOVF f,d
Operands: 0 f 12 7
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) (dest)
Status Affected: Z
Desc ript ion : The conten t s of regi ste r ‘f’ is
moved to a destination dependent
upon the status of ‘d’. If d = 0,
destination is W register. If d = 1,
the destination is file register ‘f’
itsel f. d = 1 is useful to test a file
register since status flag Z is
affected.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: MOVF FSR, 0
After Instruction
W= value in FSR
register
Z= 1
MOVLW Move literal to W
Syntax: [ label ] MOVLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: k (W)
Status Affected: None
Desc ription: The eig ht-bit literal ‘k’ i s loaded i nto
W register. The “don’t cares” will
assemble a s ‘0’s.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: MOVLW 0x5A
After Instruction
W= 0x5A
MOVWF Move W to f
Syntax: [ label ] MOVWF f
Operands: 0 f 12 7
Operation: (W) (f)
Status Af fe cte d: None
Description: Move data from W register to
register ‘f’.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: MOVW
F
OPTION
Before Instruction
OPTION= 0xFF
W = 0x4F
After Instruction
OPTION= 0x4F
W = 0x4F
NOP No Operation
Syntax: [ label ] NOP
Operands: None
Operation: No operation
Status Af fe cte d: None
Description: No operation.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: NOP
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 131
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
RETFIE Return from Interrupt
Syntax: [ label ] RETFIE
Operands: None
Operation: TOS PC,
1 GIE
Status Affected: None
Description: Return from Interrupt. Stack is
POPed an d Top-of-S tack (T OS) is
loaded in the PC. Interrupts are
enabled by setting Global
Interrupt Enable bit, GIE
(INTCON<7>). This is a two-cycle
instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 2
Example: RETFIE
After Interrupt
PC = TOS
GIE = 1
RETLW Return with literal in W
Syntax: [ label ] RETLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: k (W);
TOS PC
Status Af fe cte d: None
Description: The W register is loaded with the
eight-bit literal ‘k’. The program
counter is loaded from the top of
the stack (the return address).
This is a two-cycle instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 2
Example:
TABLE
DONE
CALL TABLE;W contains
;table offset
;value
GOTO DONE
ADDWF PC ;W = offset
RETLW k1 ;Begin table
RETLW k2 ;
RETLW kn ;End of table
Before Instruction
W = 0x07
After Instruction
W = value of k8
RETURN Return from Subroutine
Syntax: [ label ] RETURN
Operands: None
Operation: TOS PC
Status Af fe cte d: None
Description: Return from subroutine. The stack
is POPed an d the top of the s t a ck
(TOS) is loaded into the program
counter. This is a two-cycle
instruction.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 132 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
RLF Rotate Left f through Carry
Syntax: [ label ] RLF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: See description below
Status Affected: C
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are
rotated one bit to the left through
the Carry flag. If ‘d’ is ‘0, the
result is placed in the W register.
If ‘d’ is1’, the result is stored
back in register ‘f’.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: RLF REG1,0
Before Instruction
REG1 = 1110 0110
C=0
After Instruction
REG1 = 1110 0110
W = 1100 1100
C=1
RRF Rotate Right f through Carry
Syntax: [ label ] RRF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: See description below
Status Affected: C
Desc ript ion : The contents of register ‘f’ are
rotat ed one bit to the r ight throug h
the Carry flag. If ‘d’ is0’, the
result is placed in the W register.
If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the resu lt is place d
back in reg ister ‘f’.
Register fC
Register fC
SLEEP Enter Sleep mode
Syntax: [ label ] SLEEP
Operands: None
Operation: 00h WDT,
0 WDT prescaler,
1 TO,
0 PD
Status Af fe cte d: TO, PD
Descripti on: The power-down S tat us bit, PD is
cleared. Time-out Status bit, TO
is set. Watchdog Timer and its
prescaler are cleare d.
The processor is put into Sleep
mode with th e oscillator sto pped.
SUBLW Subtract W from literal
Syntax: [ label ] SUBLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: k - (W) → (W)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: The W register is subtracted (2’s
complement method) from the
eight-bit literal ‘k’. The result is
placed in the W register.
Result Condition
C = 0W > k
C = 1W k
DC = 0W<3:0> > k<3:0>
DC = 1W<3:0> k<3:0>
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 133
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
SUBWF Subtract W from f
Syntax: [ label ] SUBWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) - (W) → (destination)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: Subtract (2’s complement method)
W register from register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is
0’, the result is stored in the W
register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
stored back in register ‘f’.
SWAPF Swap Nibbles in f
Syntax: [ label ] SWAPF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f<3:0>) (destination<7:4>),
(f<7:4>) (destination<3:0>)
Status Affected: None
Description: The upper and lower nibbles of
register ‘f’ are exchanged. If ‘d’ is
0’, the result is placed in the W
register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
placed in register ‘f’.
XORLW Exclusive OR literal with W
Syntax: [ label ] XORLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: (W) .XOR. k → (W)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of the W register
are XOR’ed with the eight-b it
literal ‘k’. The result is placed in
the W register.
C = 0W > f
C = 1W f
DC = 0W<3:0> > f<3:0>
DC = 1W<3:0> f<3:0>
XORWF Exclusive OR W with f
Syntax: [ label ] XORWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (W) .XOR. (f) → (destination)
Status Af fe cte d: Z
Description: Exclusive OR the contents of the
W register with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is
0’, the result is stored in the W
register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
stored back in register ‘f’.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 134 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 135
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
14.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT
The PIC® microcontrollers are supported with a full
range of hardware and software development tools:
Integrated Development Environment
- MPLAB® IDE Software
Assemblers/Compilers/Linkers
- MPASMTM Assembler
- MPLAB C18 and MPLAB C30 C Compilers
-MPLINK
TM Object Linker/
MPLIBTM Object Librarian
- MPLAB ASM30 Assembler/Linker/Library
Simulators
- MPLAB SIM Software Simulator
•Emulators
- MPLAB ICE 2000 In-Circuit Emulator
- MPLAB REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator
In-Circuit Debugger
- MPLAB ICD 2
Device Progra mmers
- PICSTART® Plus Development Programmer
- MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer
- PICkit™ 2 Development Programmer
Low-Cost Demonstration and Development
Boards and Evaluation Kits
14.1 MPLAB Integrated Development
Environment Software
The MPLAB IDE software brings an ease of software
development previously unseen in the 8/16-bit micro-
controller market. The MPLAB IDE is a Windows®
operating system-based application that contains:
A single graphical interface to all debugging tools
- Simulator
- Programmer (sold separately)
- Emulator (sold separatel y)
- In-Circuit Deb ugger (sold separately)
A full-featured editor with color-coded context
A multiple project manager
Customizable data windows with direct edit of
contents
High-level source code debugging
Visual device initializer for easy register
initialization
Mouse over variable inspection
Drag and drop variables from source to watch
windows
Exten si ve on-l in e help
Integration of select third party tools, such as
HI-TECH Software C Compilers and IAR
C Compilers
The MPLAB IDE allows you to:
Edit your source files (eithe r asse mbly or C)
One touch assemble (or compile) and download
to PIC MCU emulator and simulator tools
(automatically updates all project information)
Debug us ing :
- Source files (assemb ly or C)
- Mixed assembly and C
- Machine code
MPLAB IDE supports multiple debugging tools in a
single development paradigm, from the cost-effective
simulators, through low-cost in-circuit debuggers, to
full-featured emulators. This eliminates the learning
curve when upgrading to tools with increased flexibility
and power.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 136 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
14.2 MPASM Assembler
The MPASM Assembler is a full-featured, universal
macro assemb ler for all PIC MCUs.
The MPASM Assembler generates relocatable object
files fo r the MPLINK Ob ject Linker , Int el® standa rd HEX
files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol
reference, absolute LST files that contain source lines
and generated machine code and COFF files for
debugging.
The MPASM Assembler features include:
Integration into MPLAB IDE projects
User-defined macros to streamline
assembly code
Conditional assembly for multi-purpose
sour ce fil es
Directives that allow complete control over the
assembly process
14.3 MPLAB C18 and MPLAB C30
C Compilers
The MPLAB C18 and MPLAB C30 Code Development
Systems are complete ANSI C compilers for
Microchip’s PIC18 and PIC24 families of microcontrol-
lers an d th e d sPIC 3 0 a nd ds PIC33 famil y o f d igi t al si g-
nal controllers. These compilers provide powerful
integration capabilities, superior code optimization and
ease of use not found with other compilers.
For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide
symbol info rmation tha t is optimized to the MPLAB IDE
debugger.
14.4 MPLINK Object Linker/
MPLIB Object Librari an
The MPLINK Object Linker combines relocatable
objects created by the MPASM Assembler and the
MPLAB C18 C Compiler. It can link relocatable objects
from precompiled libraries, using directives from a
linker script.
The MPLIB O bject Li brarian manag es the cre ation an d
modification of library files of precompiled code. When
a routine from a library is called from a source file , only
the modules that contain that routine will be linked in
with the application. This allows large libraries to be
used efficiently in many different applications.
The object linker/library features include:
Efficient linking of single libraries instead of many
smaller files
Enhanced code maintainability by grouping
related modules together
Flexible creation of libraries with easy module
listing, replacement, de letion and extraction
14.5 MPLAB ASM30 Assembler, Linker
and Librarian
MPLAB ASM30 Assembler produces relocatable
machine code from symbolic assembly language for
dsPIC30F devices. MPLAB C30 C Compiler uses the
assembler to produce its object file. The assembler
generates relocatable object files that can then be
archived or lin ked with other relocatable ob ject files and
arch ives to c rea te an e xecu tabl e fil e. N otabl e fe atu res
of the assembler include:
Support for the entire dsPIC30F instruction set
Support for fixed-point and floating-point data
Command line interface
Rich dire cti ve set
Flexible macro language
MPLAB IDE compatibility
14.6 MPLAB SIM Software Simulator
The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator allows code
development in a PC-hosted environment by simulat-
ing the PIC MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs on an instruction
level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be
examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from
a comprehensive stimulus controller. Registers can be
logged to files for further run-time analysis. The trace
buffer and logic analyzer display extend the power of
the simulator to record and track program execution,
actions on I/O, most periph erals and inte rnal regi sters.
The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator fully supports
symbolic debugging using the MPLAB C18 and
MPLAB C30 C Compilers, and the MPASM and
MPLAB ASM30 Assemblers. The software simulator
offers the flexibility to develop and debug code outside
of the hardware laboratory environment, making it an
excellent, economical software development tool.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 137
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
14.7 MPLAB ICE 2000
High-Performance
In-Circui t Emu lator
The MPLAB ICE 2000 In-Circuit Emulator is intended
to provide the product development engineer with a
complete microcontroller design tool set for PIC
microcontrollers. Software control of the MPLAB ICE
2000 In-Circuit Emulator is advanced by the MPLAB
Integrated Development Environment, which allows
editing, building, downloading and source debugging
from a single environment.
The MPLAB ICE 2000 is a full-featured emulator
system with enhanced trace, trigger and data monitor-
ing feat ures. Interc hangeabl e proces sor modul es allow
the system to be easily reconfigured for emulation of
different processors. The architecture of the MPLAB
ICE 2000 In-Circuit Emulator allows expansion to
support new PIC microcontrollers.
The MPLAB ICE 2000 In-Circuit Emulator system has
been designed as a real-time emulation system with
advanced features that are typically found on more
expensive development tools. The PC platform and
Microsoft® Windows® 32-bit operating system were
chosen to best make these features available in a
simple, unified application.
14.8 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit
Emulator System
MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System is
Microchip’s next generation high-speed emulator for
Microchip Flash D SC® and MCU devic es. It debugs and
programs PIC® and dsPIC® Flash microcontrollers with
the easy-to-use, powerful graphical user interface of the
MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE),
included with each kit.
The MPLAB REAL ICE pro be is connected to the design
engineer’s PC using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and
is connected to the target with either a connector
compatible with the popular MPLAB ICD 2 system
(RJ11) or with the new high speed, noise tolerant, low-
voltage differential signal (LVDS) interconnection
(CAT5).
MPLAB REAL ICE is field upgradeable through future
firmware downloads in MPLAB IDE. In upcoming
releases of MPLAB ID E, new devic es w ill be supported,
and new features will be add ed, such as software break-
points and assembly code trace. MPLAB REAL ICE
offers significant advant ages over competitive emulators
including low-cost, full-speed emulation, real-time
variable watches, trace analysis, complex breakpoints, a
ruggedized probe interface and long (up to three meters)
interconnection cables .
14.9 MPLAB ICD 2 In-Circuit Debugger
Microchip’s In-Circuit Debugger, MPLAB ICD 2, is a
powerful, low-cost, run-time development tool,
connecting to the host PC via an RS-232 or high-speed
USB interface. This tool is based on the Flash PIC
MCUs and can be used to develop for these and other
PIC MCUs and dsPIC DSCs. The MPLAB ICD 2 utilizes
the in-circuit debugging capability built into the Flash
devices. This feature, along with Microchip’s In-Circuit
Serial ProgrammingTM (ICSPTM) protocol, offers cost-
effective, in-circuit Flash debugging from the graphical
user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development
Environment. This enables a designer to develop and
debug sou rce code by s etting bre akpoi nts , singl e step-
ping and watching variables, and CPU status and
peripheral registers. Running at full speed enables
testing hardware and applications in real time. MPLAB
ICD 2 also serves as a development programmer for
selected PIC devices.
14.10 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer
The MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer is a universal,
CE compliant device programmer with programmable
voltage verification at VDDMIN and VDDMAX for
maximum reliability. It features a large LCD display
(128 x 64 ) for men us an d error m essages and a m odu-
lar, detachable socket assembly to support various
pack age types. The ICSP™ cable assembly is in cluded
as a standard item. In Stand-Alone mode, the MPLAB
PM3 Devic e Programmer ca n read, verif y and program
PIC devices without a PC connection. It can also set
code protection in this mode. The MPLAB PM3
connects to the host PC via an RS-232 or USB cable.
The MPLAB PM3 h as high-spe ed co mmunicat ions and
optimized algorithms for quick programming of large
memory devices and in corporates an SD/MMC card for
file storage and secure data applications.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 138 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
14.11 PICSTART Plus Development
Programmer
The PICSTART Plus Development Programmer is an
easy-to-use, low-cost, prototype programmer. It
connects to the PC via a COM (RS-232) port. MPLAB
Inte grated Dev elopmen t En vironme nt so ftware makes
using the programmer simple and efficient. The
PICSTART Plus Development Programmer supports
most PIC devices in DIP packages up to 40 pins.
Larger pin count devices, such as the PIC16C92X and
PIC17C76 X, may be sup ported with an a dapter socket.
The PICSTART Plus Development Programmer is CE
compliant.
14.12 PICkit 2 Development Programmer
The PICkit™ 2 Development Programmer is a low-cost
programmer and selected Flash device debugger with
an easy-to-use interface for programming many of
Microchip’ s baseline, mid-range and PIC18F families of
Flash m emory microcontrol lers. The PICkit 2 S tarter Kit
includes a prototyping development board, twelve
sequential lessons, software and HI-TECH’s PICC™
Lite C compiler , and is desig ned to hel p get up to s peed
quickly using PIC® microcontrollers. The kit provides
everything needed to program, evaluate and develop
applications using Microchip’s powerful, mid-range
Flash memory family of microcontrollers.
14.13 Demonstration, Development and
Evaluation Boards
A wide variety of demonstration, development and
evaluation boards for various PIC MCUs and dsPIC
DSCs allows quick application development on fully func-
tional systems. Most boards incl ude prototyping areas for
adding custom circuitry and provide application firmware
and source code for examination and modification.
The board s suppo rt a variety of features, including LEDs,
temperature sensors, switches, speakers, RS-232
interfaces, LCD displays, potentiometers and additional
EEPROM memory .
The demonstration and development boards can be
used in teaching environments, for prototyping custom
circuits and for learning about various microcontroller
applications.
In addition to the PICDEM™ and dsPICDEM™ demon-
stration/development board series of circuits, Microchip
has a line of evaluation kits and demonstration software
for analog filter design, KEELOQ® security ICs, CAN,
IrDA®, PowerSmart® battery management, SEEVAL®
evaluation system, Sigma-Delta ADC, flow rate
sensing, plus many more.
Check the Microchip web page (www.microchip.com)
and the latest “Product Selector Guide” (DS00148) for
the complete list of demonstration, development and
evaluation kits.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 139
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
15.0 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Absolute Maximum Ratings(†)
Ambient temperature under bias..........................................................................................................-40° to +125°C
Storage temperature........................................................................................................................ -65°C to +150°C
Volta ge on VDD with respect to VSS ................................................................................................... -0.3V to +6.5V
Volta ge on MCLR with respect to Vss ............................................................................................... -0.3V to +13.5V
Voltage on all other pins with respect to VSS ........................................................................... -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V)
Total powe r dissipati on(1) ...............................................................................................................................800 mW
Maximum curr ent o ut of VSS pin ...................................................................................................................... 95 mA
Maximum curr ent i nto VDD pin......................................................................................................................... 95 mA
Input clamp current, IIK (VI < 0 or VI > VDD)...............................................................................................................± 20 mA
Output clamp current, IOK (Vo < 0 or Vo >VDD).........................................................................................................± 20 mA
Maximum output current sunk by any I/O pin....................................................................................................25 mA
Maximum output current sourced by any I/O pin ..............................................................................................25 mA
Maximum current sunk by PORTA and PORTC (combined) ........................................................................... 90 mA
Maximum current sourced PORTA and PORTC (combined)........................................................................... 90 mA
Note 1: Power d issip ati on is calc ulated as fo llows: PDIS = VDD x {IDD IOH} + {(VDD – VOH) x IOH} + (VOl x IOL).
† NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the
device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those
indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure above maximum rating conditions for
extended periods may affect device reliability.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 140 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 15-1: PIC16F610/616 VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH,
-40°C
TA
+125°C
FIGURE 15-2: PIC16HV610/616 VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH,
-40°C
TA
+125°C
2.0
3.5
2.5
0
3.0
4.0
4.5
5.0
Frequency (MHz)
VDD (V)
Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency.
82010
5.5
2.0
3.5
2.5
0
3.0
4.0
4.5
5.0
Frequency (MHz)
VDD (V)
Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency.
82010
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 141
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
FIGURE 15-3: PIC16F610/616 VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH,
-40°C
TA
+125°C
FIGURE 15-4: PIC16HV610/616 VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH,
-40°C
TA
+125°C
125
25
2.0
0
60
85
VDD (V)
4.0 5.04.5
Temperature (°C)
2.5 3.0 3.5 5.5
± 1 %
± 2%
± 5 %
125
25
2.0
0
60
85
VDD (V)
4.0 5.04.5
Temperature (°C)
2.5 3.0 3.5
± 1%
± 2 %
± 5 %
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 142 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
15.1 DC Characteristics: PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616-I (Industrial)
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616-E (Extended)
DC CHARACTERISTICS Standard Operating Conditi ons (unle ss otherw is e stated)
Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for industrial
-40°C TA +125°C for extended
Param
No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
VDD Supply Voltage
D001 PIC16F610/616 2.0 5.5 V FOSC < = 4 MHz
D001 PIC16HV610/616 2.0 5.0 V FOSC < = 4 MHz
D001B PIC16F610/616 2.0 5.5 V FOSC < = 8 MHz
D001B PIC16HV610/616 2.0 5.0 V FOSC < = 8 MHz
D001C PIC16F610/616 3.0 5.5 V FOSC < = 10 MHz
D001C PIC16HV610/616 3.0 5.0 V FOSC < = 10 MHz
D001D PIC16F610/616 4.5 5.5 V FOSC < = 20 MHz
D001D PIC16HV610/616 4.5 5.0 V FOSC < = 20 MHz
D002* VDR RAM Data Retention
Voltage(1) 1.5 V Device in Sleep mode
D003 VPOR VDD Start Voltage to
ensure internal Power-on
Reset signal
—V
SS —VSee Section 12.3.1 “Power-on Reset
(POR)” for details.
D004* SVDD VDD Rise Rate to ensure
internal Power-on Reset
signal
0.05 V/ms See Section 12.3.1 “Power-on Reset
(POR)” for details.
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
Note 1: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in Sleep mode without losing RAM data.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 143
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
15.2 DC Characteri stics: PIC16F610/ 616/16HV610/616-I (Indust rial)
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616-E (Extended)
DC CHARACTERISTICS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for industrial
-40°C TA +125°C for extended
Param
No. Device Char ac teri st ics Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
VDD Note
D010 Supply Current (IDD)(1, 2 ) —1116μA2.0FOSC = 32 kHz
LP Oscillator mode
—1828μA3.0
—3554μA5.0
D011* 140 240 μA2.0F
OSC = 1 MHz
XT Oscillator mode
220 380 μA3.0
380 550 μA5.0
D012 260 360 μA2.0F
OSC = 4 MHz
XT Oscillator mode
420 650 μA3.0
0.8 1.1 mA 5.0
D013* 130 220 μA2.0F
OSC = 1 MHz
EC Osci ll ator mo de
215 360 μA3.0
360 520 μA5.0
D014 220 340 μA2.0F
OSC = 4 MHz
EC Osci ll ator mo de
375 550 μA3.0
0.65 1.0 mA 5.0
D016* 340 450 μA2.0F
OSC = 4 MHz
INTOSC mode
500 700 μA3.0
0.8 1.2 mA 5.0
D017 410 650 μA2.0F
OSC = 8 MHz
INTOSC mode
700 950 μA3.0
1.30 1.65 mA 5.0
D018 230 400 μA2.0F
OSC = 4 MHz
EXTRC mode(3)
400 680 μA3.0
0.63 1.1 mA 5.0
D019 2.6 3.25 mA 4.5 FOSC = 20 MHz
HS Osci llator mode
2.8 3.35 mA 5.0
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
Note 1: The test co nditio ns for all I DD measurement s in activ e operati on mode are: OSC1 = exte rnal squ are wave,
from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD; MCLR = VDD; WDT disabl ed.
2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O
pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have
an impact on the current consumption.
3: For RC oscillator configurations, current through REXT is not inc luded. The c urrent through the resist or can
be extended by the formula IR = VDD/2REXT (mA) with REXT in kΩ.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 144 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
15.3 DC Characteri stics: PIC16F616/16HV616- I (Industrial)
DC CHARACTERISTICS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C TA +8 C for industr ial
Param
No. Device Char ac teri st ics Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
VDD Note
D020 Power-down Base
Current(IPD)(2) 0.05 1.2 μA 2.0 WDT, BOR, Comparators, V REF and
T1OSC disabled
0.15 1.5 μA3.0
PIC16F610/616 0.35 1.8 μA5.0
150 500 nA 3.0 -40°C TA +25°C
PIC16HV610/616 350 μA2.0
350 μA3.0
4—50mA5.0NOTE 3
D021 1 TBD μA 2.0 WDT Current(1)
—2TBDμA3.0
—8TBDμA5.0
D022 3 TBD μA 3.0 BOR Current (1)
—4TBDμA5.0
D023 32 TBD μA 2.0 Comparator Current(1), both
comparators enabled
—60TBDμA3.0
120 TBD μA5.0
D024 30 30 μA2.0CV
REF Current(1) (high range)
—4555μA3.0
—7595μA5.0
D025* 39 47 μA2.0CV
REF Current(1) (low range)
—5972μA3.0
—98124μA5.0
D026 45 7.0 μA 2.0 T1OSC Current(1), 32.768 kHz
—5.08.0μA3.0
—6.012μA5.0
D027 0.30 1.6 μA 3.0 A/D Current(1), no conversion in
progress
0.36 1.9 μA5.0
Legend: TBD = To Be Determined
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
Note 1: The peripheral current is the sum of the base IDD or IPD and the additional current consumed when this
peripheral is enabled. The peripheral Δ current can be determined by subtracting the base IDD or IPD
current from this limit. Max values should be used when calculating total current consumption.
2: The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is
measured with the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to VDD.
3: Shunt regulator is always enabled and always draws operating current.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 145
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
15.4 DC Characteristics: PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616-E (Extended)
DC CHARACTERISTICS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C TA +125°C for extended
Param
No. Device Characteristics Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
VDD Note
D020E Power-down Base
Current (IPD)(2) —0.05 9 μA 2.0 WDT, BOR, Comparators, VREF an d
T1OSC disabled
—0.1511 μA3.0
PIC16F610/616 0.35 15 μA5.0
PIC16HV610/616 —350 μA2.0
Note 3
—350 μA3.0
4—200nA5.0
D021E 1 TBD μA 2.0 WDT Current(1)
—2TBDμA3.0
—8TBDμA5.0
D022E 3 TBD μA 3.0 BOR Current(1)
—4TBDμA5.0
D023E 32 TBD μA 2.0 Compara tor Curren t(1), both
comparators enabled
—60TBDμA3.0
—120TBDμA5.0
D024E 30 70 μA2.0CV
REF Current(1) (high range)
—4590μA3.0
—75120μA5.0
D025E* 39 91 μA2.0CV
REF Current(1) (low range)
—59117μA3.0
—98156μA5.0
D026E 4.5 25 μA 2.0 T1OSC Cu rrent(1), 32.768 kHz
—530μA3.0
—640μA5.0
D027E 0.30 12 μA 3.0 A/D Current(1), no conversion in
progress
—0.3616 μA5.0
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ” column is at 5 .0V, 25°C unless oth erwis e s t ated. These para me ters are for d esi gn guidance
only and are not tested.
Note 1: The peripheral current is the sum of the base IDD or IPD and the additional current consumed when this
peripheral is enabled. The peripheral Δ current can be determined by subtracting the base IDD or IPD
current from this limit. Max values should be used when calculating total current consumption.
2: The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is
measured with the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to VDD.
3: Shunt regulator is always enabled and always draws operating current.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 146 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
15.5 DC Characteri stics: PI C16F610/616/16HV610/616-I (Industrial)
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616-E (Extended)
DC CHARACTERISTICS Stand ard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for industrial
-40°C TA +125°C for extended
Param
No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
VIL Input Low Voltage
I/O port:
D030 with TTL buffer Vss 0.8 V 4.5V VDD 5.5V
D030A Vss 0. 15 VDD V2.0V VDD 4.5V
D031 with Schmitt Tri gger buffer Vss 0.2 VDD V2.0V VDD 5.5V
D032 MCLR, OSC1 (RC mode)(1) VSS —0.2 VDD V
D033 OSC1 (XT and LP modes) VSS —0.3V
D033A OSC1 (HS mode) VSS —0.3 VDD V
VIH Input High Voltage
I/O ports:
D040 with TTL buffer 2.0 VDD V4.5V VDD 5.5V
D040A 0.25 VDD + 0.8 VDD V2.0V VDD 4.5V
D041 with Schmitt Trigger buffer 0.8 VDD —VDD V2.0V VDD 5.5V
D042 MCLR 0.8 VDD —VDD V
D043 OSC1 (XT and LP modes) 1.6 VDD V
D043A OSC1 (HS mode) 0.7 VDD —VDD V
D043B O SC1 (RC mode) 0.9 VDD —VDD V(Note 1)
IIL Input Leakage Current(2)
D060 I/O ports ± 0.1 ± 1μAVSS VPIN VDD,
Pin at high-impedance
D061 MCLR(3) ± 0.1 ± 5μAVSS VPIN VDD
D063 OSC1 ± 0.1 ± 5μAVSS VPIN VDD, XT, HS and
LP oscillator configuration
D070* IPUR PORTA Weak Pull-up Current 50 250 400 μAVDD = 5.0V, VPIN = VSS
VOL Output Low Voltage(4)
D080 I/O ports 0.6 V IOL = 8.5 mA, VDD = 4.5V (Ind.)
VOH Outp ut H igh Voltage (4)
D090 I/O ports VDD – 0.7 V IOH = -3.0 mA, VDD = 4.5V (Ind.)
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
no t te sted.
Note 1: In RC oscillator configuration, the OSC1/CLKIN pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended to use an external
clock in RC mode.
2: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.
3: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent
normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages.
4: Including OSC2 in CLKOUT mode.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 147
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
Capacitive Loading Specs on
Output Pins
D101* COSC2 OSC2 pin 15 pF In XT, HS and LP modes when
external clock is used to drive
OSC1
D101A* CIO All I/O pins 50 pF
Program Flash Memory
D130 EPCell Endurance 10K 100K E/W -40°C TA +85°C
D130A EDCell Endurance 1K 10K E/W +85°C TA +125°C
D131 VPR VDD for Read VMIN —5.5VVMIN = Minimum operating
voltage
D132 VPEW VDD for Erase/Write 4.5 5.5 V
D133 TPEW Erase/Write cycle time 2 2.5 ms
D134 TRETD Characteristic Retention 40 Year Provi de d n o ot h er spec i fi c a ti o ns
are violated
15.5 DC Characteri stics: PI C16F610/616/16HV610/616-I (Industrial)
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616-E (Extended) (Continued)
DC CHARACTERISTICS Stand ard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for industrial
-40°C TA +125°C for extended
Param
No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
no t te sted.
Note 1: In RC oscillator configuration, the OSC1/CLKIN pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended to use an external
clock in RC mode.
2: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.
3: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent
normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages.
4: Including OSC2 in CLKOUT mode.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 148 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
15.6 Thermal Considerations
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Ope rati ng temperature -40°C TA +125°C
Param
No. Sym Characteristic Typ Units Conditions
TH01 θJA Thermal Resistance
Junction to Ambient 70 C/W 14-pin PDIP package
85.0 C/W 14-pin SOIC package
100 C/W 14-pin TSSOP package
46.3 C/W 16-pin QFN 4x4mm package
TH02 θJC Thermal Resistance
Junction to Case 32.5 C/W 14-pin PDIP package
31.0 C/W 14-pin SOIC package
31.7 C/W 14-pin TSSOP package
2.6 C/W 16-pin QFN 4x4mm package
TH03 TDIE Die Temperature 150 C
TH04 PD Power Dissipation W PD = PINTERNAL + PI/O
TH05 PINTERNAL Internal Power Dissipation W PINTERNAL = IDD x VDD
(NOTE 1)
TH06 PI/OI/O Power Dissipation W PI/O = Σ (IOL * VOL) + Σ (IOH * (VDD - V OH))
TH07 PDER Derated Power W PDER = PDMAX (TDIE - TA)/θJA
(NOTE 2)
Note 1: IDD is current to run the chip alone without driving any load on the output pins.
2: TA = Ambient Temperature.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 149
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
15.7 Ti ming Parameter Symbology
The timing parameter symbols have been created with
one of the following formats:
FIGURE 15-5: LOAD CONDITIONS
1. TppS2ppS
2. TppS
TF Frequency T Time
Lowercase letters (pp) and their meanings:
pp
cc CCP1 osc OSC1
ck CLKOUT rd RD
cs CS rw RD or WR
di SDI sc SCK
do SDO ss SS
dt Data in t0 T0CKI
io I/O Port t1 T1CKI
mc MCLR wr WR
Uppercas e letters and their meanings :
SFFall PPeriod
HHigh RRise
I Invalid (High-impedance) V Valid
L Low Z High-impedance
V
SS
C
L
Legend: CL= 50 pF for all pins
15 pF for OSC2 output
Load Con dition
Pin
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 150 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
15.8 AC Characteristics: PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616 (Industrial, Extended)
FIGURE 15-6: CLOCK TIMING
TABLE 15-1: CLOCK OSCILLATOR TIMING REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C TA +125°C
Param
No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
OS01 FOSC External CLKIN Frequency(1) DC 37 kHz LP Oscillator mode
DC 4 MHz XT Oscillator mode
DC 20 MHz HS Oscillator mode
DC 20 MHz EC Oscillator mode
Oscillator Frequency(1) 32.768 kHz LP Oscillator mode
0.1 4 MHz XT Oscillator mode
1 20 MH z HS Oscillator mode
DC 4 MHz RC Oscillator mode
OS02 TOSC External CLKIN Period(1) 27 ∞μs LP Oscillator mode
250 ns XT Oscillator mode
50 ns HS Os cillator mode
50 ns EC Os cillator mode
Oscillator Period(1) 30.5 μs LP Oscillator mode
250 10,000 ns XT Oscillator mode
50 1,000 ns HS Oscillator mode
250 ns RC Oscillator mode
OS03 TCY Instruction Cycle Time(1) 200 TCY DC ns TCY = 4/FOSC
OS04* TOSH,
TOSLExternal CLKIN High,
External CLKIN Low 2—μs LP oscillator
100 ns XT oscillator
20 ns HS oscillator
OS05* TOSR,
TOSFExternal CLKIN Rise,
External CLKIN Fall 0—ns LP oscillator
0—ns XT oscillator
0—ns HS oscillator
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
Note 1: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values are based on
characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the device executing
code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher t han expected current
consumption. All devices are tested to operate at “min” values with an external clock applied to OSC1 pin. When an
external clock input is used, the “max” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices.
OSC1/CLKIN
OSC2/CLKOUT
Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
OS02
OS03OS04 OS04
OSC2/CLKOUT
(LP,XT,HS Modes)
(CLKOUT Mode)
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 151
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
TABLE 15-2: OSCILLATOR PARAMETERS
Standard Operati ng Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating Temperature -40°C TA +125°C
Param
No. Sym Characteristic Freq.
Tolerance Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
OS06 TWARM Internal Oscillator Switch
when running(3) ——2TOSC Slowest clock
OS08 INTOSC Internal Calibrated
INTOSC Frequency(2) ±1% 7.92 8.0 8.08 MHz VDD = 3.5V, 25°C
±2% 7.84 8.0 8.16 MHz 2.5V VDD 5.5V,
0°C TA +85°C
±5% 7.60 8.0 8.40 MHz 2.0V VDD 5.5V,
-40°C TA +85°C (Ind.),
-40°C TA +125°C (Ext.)
OS10* TIOSC ST INTOSC Oscillator Wa ke-
up from Sleep
Start-up Time
5.5 12 24 μsVDD = 2.0V, -40°C to +85°C
—3.5714μsV
DD = 3.0V, -40°C to +85°C
—3611μsV
DD = 5.0V, -40°C to +85°C
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
not tested.
Note 1: Ins truction cyc le period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values are based on
characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the device executing
code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected
current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at “min” values with an external clock applied to the OSC1 pin.
When an external clock input is used, the “max” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices.
2: To ensure these oscillator frequency tolerances, VDD and VSS must be capacitively decoupled as close to the device as
possible. 0.1 μF and 0.01 μF values in parallel are recommended.
3: By design.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 152 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 15-7: CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING
FOSC
CLKOUT
I/O pi n
(Input)
I/O pin
(Output)
Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3
OS11
OS19
OS13
OS15
OS18, OS19
OS20
OS21
OS17 OS16
OS14
OS12
OS18
Old Value New Value
Write Fetch Read ExecuteCycle
TABLE 15-3: CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING PARAMETERS
Standard Operating Conditi ons (unle ss otherw is e stated )
Operating Temperature -40°C TA +125°C
Param
No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
OS11 TOSH2CKLFOSC to CLKOUT (1) 70 ns VDD = 5.0V
OS12 TOSH2CKHFOSC to CLKOUT (1) 72 ns VDD = 5.0V
OS13 TCKL2IOVCLKOUT to Port out valid(1) 20 ns
OS14 TIOV2CKH Port input valid before CLKOUT(1) TOSC + 200 ns ns
OS15 TOSH2IOVFOSC (Q1 cycle) to Port out valid 50 70* ns VDD = 5.0V
OS16 TOSH2IOIFOSC (Q2 cycle) to Port input invalid
(I/O in hold time) 50 ns VDD = 5.0V
OS17 TIOV2OSH Port input valid to FOSC(Q2 c ycle)
(I/O in setup time) 20 ns
OS18 TIOR Port output rise time(2)
15
40 72
32 ns VDD = 2.0V
VDD = 5.0V
OS19 TIOF Port output fall time(2)
28
15 55
30 ns VDD = 2.0V
VDD = 5.0V
OS20* TINP INT pin input high or low time 25 ns
OS21* TRAP POR TA interrupt-on-change new input
level time TCY ——ns
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.
Note 1: Measurements are taken in RC mode where CLKOUT output is 4 x TOSC.
2: Includes OSC2 in CLKOUT mode.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 153
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
FIGURE 15-8: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND
POWER-UP TIMER TIMING
FIGURE 15-9: BROWN-OUT RESET TIMING AND CHARACTERISTICS
VDD
MCLR
Internal
POR
PWRT
Time-out
OSC
Start-Up Time
Internal Reset(1)
Wat c hdog Timer
33
32
30
31
34
I/O pins
34
Note 1: Asserted low.
Reset(1)
VBOR
VDD
(Device in Brown-out Reset) (Device not in Brown-out Reset)
33*
37
* 64 ms delay only if PWRTE bit in the Configuration Word register is programmed to 0’.
Reset
(due to BOR)
VBOR + VHYST
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 154 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 15-4: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER, POWER-UP TIMER
AND BROWN-OUT RESET PARAMETERS
Standard Operating Conditi ons (unle ss otherw is e stated )
Operating Temperature -40°C TA +125°C
Param
No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
30 TMCLMCLR Pulse Width (low) 2
5
μs
μsVDD = 5V, -40°C to +85°C
VDD = 5V, +85°C to +125°C
31 TWDT Watchdog Timer Time-out
Period (No Prescaler) 7
TBD 18
18 33
TBD ms
ms VDD = 5V, -40°C to +85°C
VDD = 5V, +85°C to +125°C
32 TOST Oscillation Start-up Timer
Period(1, 2) 1024 TOSC (NOTE 3)
33* TPWRT Power-up Ti mer Period 40 65 140 ms
34* TIOZ I/O High-impedance from
MCLR Low or Watchdog Timer
Reset
——2.0μs
35* VBOR Brown-out Reset Voltage TBD 2.1 TBD V (NOTE 4)
36* VHYST Brown-out Reset Hysteresis 50 mV
37* TBOR Brown-out Reset Minimum
Detection Period 100 μsVDD VBOR
Legend: TBD = To Be Determined
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested .
Note 1: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values
are based on charac teri za tion data for that p articular oscillator typ e unde r st andard operati ng con di t ion s
with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator oper-
ation and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at “min” values
with an e xt erna l c lo ck app li ed t o th e O SC 1 pin . Wh en an external clock input is us ed, the “ma x” cy cl e ti me
limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices.
2: By design.
3: Period of the slow er clock.
4: To ensure these volt age tolera nces, V DD and VSS mu st be ca paci tively de coupled as close to the dev ice as
possible. 0.1 μF and 0.01 μF values in parallel are recommended.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 155
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
FIGURE 15-10: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMINGS
TABLE 15-5: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating Temperature -40°C TA +125°C
Param
No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
40* TT0H T0CKI High Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 ns
With Prescaler 10 ns
41* TT0L T0CK I Low Pulse Width No Presc aler 0.5 TCY + 20 ns
With Prescaler 10 ns
42* TT0P T0CKI Period Greater of:
20 or TCY + 40
N
ns N = prescale value
(2, 4, ..., 256)
45* TT1H T1CKI High
Time Synchronous, No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 ns
Synchronous,
with Prescaler 15 ns
Asynchronous 30 ns
46* TT1L T1CKI Low
Time Synchronous, No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 ns
Synchronous,
with Prescaler 15 ns
Asynchronous 30 ns
47* TT1P T1CKI Input
Period Synchronous Greater of:
30 or TCY + 40
N
ns N = prescale value
(1, 2, 4, 8)
Asynchronous 60 ns
48 FT1 Timer1 Oscillator Input Frequency Range
(oscillator enabled by setting bit T1OSCEN) 32.768 — kHz
49* TCKEZTMR1 Delay from External Clock Edge to Timer
Increment 2 TOSC —7 TOSC Timers in Sync
mode
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
T0CKI
T1CKI
40 41
42
45 46
47 49
TMR0 or
TMR1
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 156 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 15-11: CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM TI MINGS (ECCP)
TABLE 15-6: CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM REQUIREMENTS (ECCP)
Standard Operating Conditi ons (unle ss otherw is e stated )
Operating Temperature -40°C TA +125°C
Param
No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
CC01* TccL CCP1 Input Low Time No Prescaler 0.5TCY + 20 ns
With Prescaler 20 ns
CC02* TccH CCP1 Input High Time No Prescaler 0.5TCY + 20 ns
With Prescaler 20 ns
CC03* Tcc P CCP 1 Input Period 3TCY + 40
N ns N = prescale
value (1, 4 or
16)
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested .
Note: Refer to Figure 15-5 for load conditions.
(Capture mode)
CC01 CC02
CC03
CCP1
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 157
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
TABLE 15-7: COMPARATOR SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE 15-8: COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE (CVREF) SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE 15-9: VOLTAGE REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operati ng Tem pera ture -40°C TA +125°C
Param
No. Sym Characteristics Min Typ† Max Units Comments
CM01 VOS Input Offset Voltage ± 5.0 ± 10 mV (VDD - 1.5)/2
CM02 VCM Input Common Mode Voltage 0 VDD – 1.5 V
CM03* CMRR Common Mode Rejection Ratio +55 dB
CM04* TRT Response Time Falling 150 600 ns (NOTE 1)
Rising 200 1000 ns
CM05* TMC2COV Comparator Mode Change to Output Valid 10 μs
CM06* VHYS Input Hysteresis Voltage 45 mV
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
Note 1: Respons e tim e is meas ured wi th one comp arator input at (V DD - 1.5)/2 - 100 mV to (VDD -1.5)/2+20mV.
S tandard Operating Conditions (unless othe rwis e stated)
Operati ng tem pera ture -40°C TA +125°C
Param
No. Sym Characteristics Min Typ† Max Units Comments
CV01 CLSB Step Size(2)
VDD/24
VDD/32
V
VLow Range (VRR = 1)
High Range (VRR = 0)
CV02 CACC Absolute Accuracy
± 1/2
± 1/2 LSb
LSb Low Range (VRR = 1)
High Range (VRR = 0)
CV03 CRUnit Resistor Value (R) 2k Ω
CV04 CST Settli ng Time(1) ——10μs
Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design
guidance only and are not tested.
Note 1: Settling time measured while VRR = 1 and VR<3:0> transitions from ‘0000’ to1111’.
2: See Section 8.11 “Comparator Voltage Reference” for more information.
VR Voltage Reference Specifications Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operati ng tem pera ture -40°C TA +125°C
Param
No. Symbol Characteristics Min Typ Max Units Comments
VR01 VP6OUT VP6 voltage output 0.55 0.6 0.65 V
VR02 V1P2OUT V1P2 voltage output 1.1 1 .200 1.3 V
VR03 TSTABLE Settling Time 10 μs
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 158 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 15-10: SHUNT REGULATOR SPECIFICATIONS (PIC16HV610/616 only)
TABLE 15-11: PIC16F616/16HV616 A/D CONVERTER (ADC) CHARACTERISTICS:
SHUNT REGULATOR CHARACTERISTICS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C TA +125°C
Param
No. Symbol Characteristics Min Typ Max Units Comments
SR01 VSHUNT Shunt Voltage 4.75 5 5.25 V
SR02 ISHUNT Shunt Current 4 50 mA
SR03* TSETTLE Settling Time 150 ns To 1% of final value
SR04 CLOAD Load Capacitance 0.01 10 μF Bypass capacitor on VDD
pin
SR05 ΔISNT Regulator operating current 180 μA Includes ban d gap
reference current
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Ope rati ng temperature -40°C TA +125°C
Param
No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
AD01 NRResolution 10 bits bit
AD02 EIL Integral Error ±1LSbVREF = 5.12V
AD03 EDL Differential Error ±1 LSb N o missing co des to 10 bits
VREF = 5.12V
AD04 EOFF Offset Error 1.5 LSb VREF = 5.12V
AD07 EGN Gain Error ±1LSbVREF = 5.12V
AD06
AD06A VREF Reference Voltage(3) 2.2
2.5 ——
VDD VAbsolute minimum to ensure 1 LSb
accuracy
AD07 VAIN Full-Scale Range VSS —VREF V
AD08 ZAIN Recommended
Impedance of Analog
Voltage Source
—— 10kΩ
AD09* IREF VREF Input Current(3) 10 1000 μADuring VAIN acquisition.
Based on differential of VHOLD to VAIN.
—— 50μA D uring A/D conversion cycle.
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested .
Note 1: Total Absolute Error includes integral, differential, offset and gain errors.
2: The A/D conversion result never decreases with an increase in the input voltage and has no missing
codes.
3: ADC VREF is from external VREF or VDD pin, whichever is selected as reference input.
4: When ADC is off, it will not consume any current other than leakage current. The power-down current
specific ati on inc lu des any suc h leakage fr om the AD C module.
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 159
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
TABLE 15-12: PIC16F616/16HV616 A/D CONVERSION REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Ope rati ng temperature -40°C TA +125°C
Param
No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
AD130* TAD A/D Clock Period 1.6 9.0 μsTOSC-based, VREF 3.0V
3.0 9.0 μsTOSC-base d, VREF full range
A/D Internal RC
Oscillator Period 3.0 6.0 9.0 μsADCS<1:0> = 11 (ADRC mode)
At VDD = 2.5V
1.6 4.0 6.0 μsAt VDD = 5.0V
AD131 TCNV Conversion Ti me
(not includin g
Acquisiti on Time)(1)
—11TAD Set GO/DONE bit to new data in A/D
Result register
AD132* TACQ Acquisition Time 11.5 μs
AD133* TAMP Amplifier Settling Time 5 μs
AD134 TGO Q4 to A/D Clock Start
TOSC/2
TOSC/2 + TCY
If the A/D clock source is selected as
RC, a time of TCY is added before the
A/D clock st art s. This allo ws the SLEEP
instruction to be executed.
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested .
Note 1: ADRESH and ADRESL registers may be read on the following TCY cycle.
2: See Section 9.3 “A/D Acquisition Requirements” for minimum conditions.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 160 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 15-12 : PI C16F 61 6/1 6HV616 A/D CONVER SION TIMING (NORM AL MODE)
FIGURE 15-13 : PIC16F616/1 6HV 616 A/D CONVER SION TIMING (SLEE P MODE)
AD131
AD130
BSF ADCON0, GO
Q4
A/D CLK
A/D Data
ADRES
ADIF
GO
Sample
OLD_DATA
Sampling Stopped
DONE
NEW_DATA
987 3210
Note 1: If the A/D clock sourc e is selected as RC, a time of TCY is added before the A/D clock starts. This allows the
SLEEP instruction to be executed.
1 TCY
6
AD134 (TOSC/2(1))
1 TCY
AD132
AD132
AD131
AD130
BSF ADCON0, GO
Q4
A/D CLK
A/D Data
ADRES
ADIF
GO
Sample
OLD_DATA
Sampling Stopped
DONE
NEW_DATA
9 7 3210
Note 1: If the A/D clock source is selected as RC, a time of TCY is added before the A/D clock starts. This allows the
SLEEP instruction to be executed.
AD134
6
8
1 TCY
(TOSC/2 + TCY(1))
1 TCY
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 161
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
16.0 DC AND AC
CHARACTERISTICS GRAPHS
AND TABLES
Graphs are not available at this time.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 162 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 163
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
17.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION
17.1 Package Marking Information
*Standar d PI C® de vice m arking consist s of Mic rochip part nu mber, year code, week co de, and trac eabil ity
code. For PIC® device marking beyond this, certain price adders apply. Please check with your
Microchip Sales Office. For QTP devices, any special marking adders are included in QTP price.
14-Lead PDIP
XXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
Example
PIC16F616
0610017
14-Lead SOIC (.150”)
XXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
Example
PIC16F616-E
0610017
14-Lead TSSOP
XXXXXXXX
YYWW
NNN
Example
XXXX/ST
0610
017
Legend: XX...X Customer-specific information
Y Year code (last di git of calendar year)
YY Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)
WW Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’)
NNN Alphanumeric traceability code
Pb-free JEDEC designator for Matte Tin (Sn)
*This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designator ( )
can be found on the outer packaging for this package.
Note: In the event the full Micro chip p art num ber can not be ma rked on on e line, it will
be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available
characters for customer-specific information.
3
e
3
e
XXXXXXX
16-Lead QFN
XXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
16F616
Example
-I/ML
0610017
-I/P
3
e
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 164 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.2 Package Details
The following sections give the technical details of the packages.
8-Lead Plastic Dual In-Line (P or PA) – 300 mil Body [PDIP]
Notes:
1. Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located with the hatched area.
2. § Significant Characteristic.
3. Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed .010" per side.
4. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M.
BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances.
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
Units INCHES
Dimension Limits MIN NOM MAX
Number of Pins N 8
Pitch e .100 BSC
Top to Seating Plane A .210
Molded Package Thickness A2 .115 .130 .195
Base to Seating Plane A1 .015
Shoulder to Shoulder Width E .290 .310 .325
Molded Package Width E1 .240 .250 .280
Overall Length D .348 .365 .400
Tip to Seating Plane L .115 .130 .150
Lead Thickness c .008 .010 . 015
Upper Lead Width b1 .040 .060 .070
Lower Lead Width b .014 .018 .022
Overall Row Spacing § eB .430
N
E1
NOTE 1
D
12
3
A
A1
A2
L
b1
b
e
E
eB
c
Microchip Technology Drawing C04-018
B
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 165
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
14-Lead Plastic Small Outline (SL or OD) – Narrow, 3.90 mm Body [SOIC]
N
otes:
1
. Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located within the hatched area.
2
. § Significant Characteristic.
3
. Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed 0.15 mm per side.
4
. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M.
BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances.
REF: Reference Dimension, usually without tolerance, for information purposes only.
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
Units MILLIMETERS
Dimension Limits MIN NOM MAX
Number of Pins N 14
Pitch e 1.27 BSC
Overall Height A 1.75
Molded Package Thickness A2 1.25
Standoff § A1 0.10 0.25
Overall Width E 6.00 BSC
Molded Package Width E1 3.90 BSC
Overall Length D 8.65 BSC
Chamfer (optional) h 0.25 0.50
Foot Length L 0.40 1.27
Footprint L1 1.04 REF
Foot Angle φ
Lead Thickness c 0.17 0.25
Lead Width b 0.31 0.51
Mold Draft Angle Top α 15°
Mold Draft Angle Bottom β 15°
NOTE 1
N
D
E
E1
123
b
e
A
A1
A2
L
L1
c
h
hα
β
φ
Microchip Technology Drawing C04-065
B
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 166 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
14-Lead Plastic Thin Shrink Small Outline (ST) – 4.4 mm Body [TSSOP]
Notes:
1. Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located within the hatched area.
2. Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed 0.15 mm per side.
3. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M.
BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances.
REF: Reference Dimension, usually without tolerance, for information purposes only.
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
Units MILLIMETERS
Dimension Limits MIN NOM MAX
Number of Pins N 14
Pitch e 0.65 BSC
Overall Height A 1.20
Molded Package Thickness A2 0.80 1.00 1.05
Standoff A1 0.05 0.15
Overall Width E 6.40 BSC
Molded Package Width E1 4.30 4.40 4.50
Molded Package Length D 4.90 5.00 5.10
Foot Length L 0.45 0.60 0.75
Footprint L1 1.00 REF
Foot Angle φ
Lead Thickness c 0.09 0.20
Lead Width b 0.19 0.30
NOTE 1
D
N
E
E1
12
e
b
c
A
A1
A2
L1 L
φ
Microchip Technology Drawing C04-087
B
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 167
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
16-Lead Plastic Quad Flat, No Lead Package (ML) – 4x4x0.9 mm Body [QFN]
N
otes:
1
. Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located within the hatched area.
2
. Package is saw singulated.
3
. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M.
BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances.
REF: Reference Dimension, usually without tolerance, for information purposes only.
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
Units MILLIMETERS
Dimension Limits MIN NOM MAX
Number of Pins N 16
Pitch e 0.65 BSC
Overall Height A 0.80 0.90 1.00
Standoff A1 0.00 0.02 0.05
Contact Thickness A3 0.20 REF
Overall Width E 4.00 BSC
Exposed Pad Width E2 2.50 2.65 2.80
Overall Length D 4.00 BSC
Exposed Pad Length D2 2.50 2.65 2.80
Contact Width b 0.25 0.30 0.35
Contact Length L 0.30 0.40 0.50
Contact-to-Exposed Pad K 0.20
D
E
N
2
1
EXPOSED
PAD
D2
E2
2
1
e
b
K
N
NOTE 1
A3
A1
A
L
TOP VIEW BOTTOM VIEW
Microchip Technology Drawing C04-127
B
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 168 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 169
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
APPENDIX A: DATA SHEET
REVISION HISTORY
Revision A
This is a new data sheet.
Revision B (12/06)
Added PIC16F610/16HV610 parts.
Replaced Package Drawings.
Revision C (03/2007)
Replaced Package Drawings (Rev. AM); Replaced
Development Support Section; Revised Product ID
System.
APPENDIX B: MIGRATING FROM
OTHER PIC®
DEVICES
This discusses some of the issues in migrating from
other PIC® devices to the PIC16F6XX Family of
devices.
B.1 PIC16F676 to PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
TABLE B-1: FEATURE COMPARISON
Feature PIC16F676 PIC16F610/16HV610 PIC16F616/16HV616
Max Operating Speed 20 MHz 20 MHz 20 MHz
Max Program Memory (Words) 1024 1024 2048
SRAM (bytes) 64 64 128
A/D Resolution 10 -bit None 10-bit
Timers (8/16-bit) 1/1 1/1 2/1
Oscillator Modes 8 8 8
Brown-out Reset Y Y Y
Internal Pull -ups RA0/1/2/4/5 RA0/1/2/4/5, MCLR RA0/1/2/4/5, MCLR
Interrupt-on-change RA0/1/2/3/4/5 RA0/1/2/3/4/5 RA0/1/2/3/4/5
Comparator 1 2 2
ECCP N N Y
INTOSC Frequencies 4 MHz 8 MHz 8 MHz
Internal Shunt Regulator N Y (PIC16HV610) Y (PIC16HV616)
Note: This device has been designed to perform
to the parameters of its data sheet. It has
been tested to an electrical specification
designed to determine its conformance
with these parameters. Due to process
differences in the manufacture of this
device, this device may have different
performance characteristics than its earlier
version. Th ese differences may cause th is
device to perform differently in your
application than the earlier version of this
device.
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 170 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 171
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
INDEX
A
A/D Specifications....................................................158, 159
Absolute Maximum Ratings..............................................139
AC Characteristics
Industrial and Extended............................................150
Load Conditions.......... .. .... .. .. .. ..... .. .... .. .. .. .. .. ..... .... .. ..149
ADC ....................................................................................71
Acquisition Requirements ........................ .... ......... .... ..79
Associ a te d registe rs...... ................... ................... ........81
Block Diag ram......... ................... ............................. ....71
Calculating Acquisition Time.......................................79
Channel Selection................................ .. .... .. ....... .... .. ..72
Configuration...............................................................72
Configuring Interrupt...................................................74
Conversi o n Clo ck...... .............. ................... ............... ..72
Conversion Procedure ..................... .... .. .... ......... .. .... ..74
Internal Sampling Switch (RSS) Impedance................79
Interrupts.....................................................................73
Operation....................................................................74
Operation During Sleep ..............................................74
Port Configuration.......................................................72
Reference Voltage (VREF)...........................................72
Result For matting........ ............... .............. ...................73
Source Impedance................................. .... ........... .... ..79
Special Event Trigger..................................................74
Starting an A/D Conversion ........................................73
ADCON0 Register...............................................................76
ADCON1 Register...............................................................77
ADRESH Register (ADFM = 0)...........................................78
ADRESH Register (ADFM = 1)...........................................78
ADRESL Register (ADFM = 0)............................................78
ADRESL Register (ADFM = 1)............................................78
Analog-to-Digital Converter. See ADC
ANSEL Register..................................................................32
Assembler
MPASM Assembler...................................................136
B
Block Diagrams
(CCP) Capture Mode Operation .................................84
ADC ............................................................................71
ADC Transfer Function...............................................80
Analog Input Model...............................................62, 80
CCP PWM...................................................................88
Clock Source...............................................................25
Comparator C1 ......... .......... ................... ............... ......56
Comparator C2 ......... .......... ................... ............... ......56
Compare.....................................................................86
Crystal Operation........................................................27
External RC Mode.......................................................28
In-Circuit Serial Programming Connections..............123
Inter rupt Logic................. ................... .......................116
MCLR Circuit................... ............... ......................... ..109
On-Chip Rese t Circuit........... ............... ........... ..........108
PIC16F610/16HV610....................................................7
PIC16F616/16HV616....................................................8
PWM (Enhanced)...................................................... ..91
RA0 and RA1 Pins. .....................................................34
RA2 Pins.....................................................................35
RA3 Pin .......................................................................36
RA4 Pin .......................................................................37
RA5 Pin .......................................................................38
RC0 and RC1 Pins........................... .. .... .. .. .. ..... .. .... .. ..41
RC2 and RC3 Pins.................... .... .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 41
RC4 Pin...................................................................... 42
RC5 Pin...................................................................... 42
Resonator Operation.................................................. 27
Timer1 ........................................................................ 47
Timer2 ........................................................................ 53
TMR0/WDT Prescaler ................................................ 43
Watchdog Timer .................... .. .... .. .. .... ....... .. .. .... .. .... 119
Brown-o u t Re set (BOR).......... ................... ............... ........ 110
Associ a te d Re g i sters......... .............. ................... ...... 111
Specifications ........................................................... 154
Timing and Characteristics.............. .. ......... .. .... .. .... .. 153
C
C Compilers
MPLAB C18........ ................... ............................. ...... 136
MPLAB C30........ ................... ............................. ...... 136
Calibration Bits.................................................................. 108
Capture Module. See Enhanced Capture/
Compare/PWM (ECCP)
Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP)
Associated registers w/ Capture/Compare/
PWM..................................................... 85, 87, 103
Capture Mod e........... ................... ............................. .. 84
CCP1 Pin Configurat io n .................. ................... ........ 84
Compare Mode....... ...... ........... ......................... .......... 86
CCP1 Pin Configurat io n............ ........... .............. 86
Software Interrupt M ode............................... 84, 86
Special Event Trigger......................................... 86
Timer1 Mode Selection................................. 84, 86
Prescaler .................................................................... 84
PWM Mode............... .............................. .................... 88
Duty Cycle....................... ......................... .......... 89
Effects of Reset.... .......................... .................. .. 90
Example PWM Frequencies and
Resolutions, 20 MHz.................................. 89
Example PWM Frequencies and
Resolutions, 8 MHz.................................... 89
Operation in Sleep Mode............................ .... .. .. 90
Setup for Operation............................................ 90
System Clock Frequency Changes. ................... 90
PWM Period .............................. ....................... .......... 89
Setup for PWM Operation .......................................... 90
CCP1CON (Enhanced) Register.......................... .... .... .. .... 83
Clock Sources
External Modes........................................................... 26
EC ...................................................................... 26
HS ...................................................................... 27
LP....................................................................... 27
OST.................................................................... 26
RC ...................................................................... 28
XT....................................................................... 27
Internal Modes............................................................ 28
INTOSC.............................................................. 28
INTOSCIO.......................................................... 28
CM1CON0 Register.......... ................... ............... ................ 60
CM2CON0 Register.......... ................... ............... ................ 61
CM2CON1 Register.......... ................... ............... ................ 63
Code Examples
A/D Conver sion ..................... .............. ....................... 75
Assigni n g Prescaler to Time r0.......................... .......... 44
Assigni n g Prescaler to WDT...... ....................... .......... 44
Changing Between Capture Prescalers ..................... 84
Indirect Addressing..................................................... 22
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 172 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
Initializing PORTA.......................................................31
Initializing PORTC.......................................................40
Saving Status and W Registers in RAM ...................118
Code Protection ................................................................122
Comparator
C2OUT as T1 Gate.............................. ................... ....63
Operation ....................................................................55
Operation During Sleep ..............................................59
Response Time...........................................................57
Synchronizing COUT w/Timer1 ..................................63
Comparator Analog Input Connection Considerations........62
Comparator Hysteres is......... .............. ............... ............... ..64
Comparator Module ........................ .. .. .... ..... .... .. .. .... .. .. .......55
Associ a te d registe rs.......... ................... .......................65
C1 Output State Versus Input Conditions...................57
Comparator Voltage Reference (CVREF)
Response Time...........................................................57
Comparator Voltage Reference (CVREF)............................68
Effects of a Reset........................................................59
Specifications............................................................157
Comparators
C2OUT as T1 Gate.............................. ................... ....48
Effects of a Reset........................................................59
Specifications............................................................157
Compare Module. See Enhanced Capture/
Compare/PWM (ECCP)
CONFIG Regi ster......... ........... ......................... .................107
Configuration Bits.............. ................................................106
CPU Features ...................................................................106
Customer Change Notification Service .............................175
Custome r Notification Se rvice....... .......... ............... ...........175
Customer Support................................................ .... .... .....175
D
Data Memory.......................................................................12
DC Characteristics
Extended and Industrial. ...........................................146
Industrial and Extended............................................142
Development Support . ......................................................135
Device Overview...................................................................7
E
ECCP. See Enhanced Captur e/Compare/ PWM
ECCPAS Register...... ................... ................... .................100
Effects of Reset
PWM mode......................... ................... .....................90
Electrical Specifications ....................................................139
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM.................. .... .. .... .. .......83
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP)
Enhanced PWM Mode............................. .... .... .... .......91
Auto-Restart......................................................101
Auto-shutdown..................................................100
Direction Change in Full-Bridge Output Mode ....97
Full-Bridge Application......................... .... .... .......95
Full-Bridge Mode.................................................95
Half-Bridge Application .......................................94
Half-Bridge Application Examples .....................102
Half-Bridge Mode................................................94
Output Relationships (Active-High and
Active-Low).................................................92
Output Re latio n ships Diagra m....... .......... ...........93
Programmable Dead Band Delay .....................102
Shoot-through Current......................................102
Start- u p Consid e ration s...... ............... ............... ..99
Specifications............................................................156
Timer Resources.........................................................83
Errata.................................................................................... 6
F
Firmware Instructions .......................................................125
Fuses. See Configuration Bits
G
General Purpose Register File ........................................... 12
I
ID Locations...................................................................... 122
In-Circuit Debugger ........................................................... 123
In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP)............................... 123
Indirect Addressing, INDF and FSR registers . .................... 22
Instruction Format............................................................. 125
Instruction Set................................................................... 125
ADDLW..................................................................... 127
ADDWF..................................................................... 127
ANDLW..................................................................... 127
ANDWF..................................................................... 127
BCF .......................................................................... 127
BSF........................................................................... 127
BTFSC...................................................................... 127
BTFSS...................................................................... 128
CALL......................................................................... 128
CLRF ........................................................................ 128
CLRW....................................................................... 128
CLRWDT .................................................................. 128
COMF....................................................................... 128
DECF........................................................................ 128
DECFSZ ................................................................... 129
GOTO....................................................................... 129
INCF ......................................................................... 129
INCFSZ..................................................................... 129
IORLW...................................................................... 129
IORWF...................................................................... 129
MOVF ....................................................................... 130
MOVLW.................................................................... 130
MOVWF.................................................................... 130
NOP.......................................................................... 130
RETFIE..................................................................... 131
RETLW..................................................................... 131
RETURN................................................................... 131
RLF........................................................................... 132
RRF .......................................................................... 132
SLEEP...................................................................... 132
SUBLW..................................................................... 132
SUBWF..................................................................... 133
SWAPF..................................................................... 133
XORLW .................................................................... 133
XORWF .................................................................... 133
Summary Ta b l e...... .............. ................... ................. 126
INTCON Register................................................................ 18
Internal Oscillator Block
INTOSC
Specifications ........................................... 151, 152
Internal Sampling Switch (RSS) Impedance........................ 79
Inter n e t Ad d ress ................... .................................. .......... 175
Interrupts........................................................................... 115
ADC............................................................................ 74
Associ a te d Re g i sters................. .................. ............. 117
Context Saving......................................................... 118
Interrupt-on-Change ................................................... 32
PORTA Interrupt-on- Change.................................... 116
RA2/INT.................................................................... 115
Timer0 ...................................................................... 116
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 173
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
TMR1..........................................................................49
INTOSC Specifications ................................ ...... .......151, 152
IOCA Register...... ............... ................... .............................33
L
Load Conditions........................ .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. .. .... ..... .. .. .. ..149
M
MCLR................................................................................109
Internal......................................................................109
Memory Organization..........................................................11
Data ............................................................................12
Program......................................................................11
Microc h i p In ternet Web Site................. .............................175
Migra tin g from other PIC Devices................ ................... ..169
MPLAB ASM30 Assembler, Linker, Librarian ...................136
MPLAB ICD 2 In-Circuit Debugger ...................................137
MPLAB ICE 2000 High-Perform ance Universal
In-Circuit Emulator....................................................137
MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software..135
MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer ....................................137
MPLAB REA L IC E In -Circuit Emula to r System.................137
MPLINK Object Linker/MPLIB Object Librarian...... ..........136
O
OPCODE Fiel d Descri p tions........... ............... ........... ........125
Operational Amplifier (OPA) Module
AC Specifications......................................................158
OPTION Register..........................................................17, 45
Oscillator
Associ a te d registe rs...... ................... ................... ..29, 51
Oscillator Module ................................................................25
EC...............................................................................25
HS...............................................................................25
INTOSC ......................................................................25
INTOSCIO...................................................................25
LP................................................................................25
RC...............................................................................25
RCIO...........................................................................25
XT ...............................................................................25
Oscillator Parameters .......................................................151
Oscillator Specifications....................................................150
Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
Specifications............................................................154
OSCTUNE Regis te r........ ................... .............. ...................29
P
P1A/P1B/P1C/P1D.See Enhanced Capture/
Compare/PWM (ECCP)..............................................91
Packaging.........................................................................163
Marking.....................................................................163
PDIP Details..............................................................164
PCL and PCLATH...............................................................22
Stack...........................................................................22
PCON Register...........................................................21, 111
PICSTART Plus Development Programmer.....................138
PIE1 Register......................................................................19
Pin Diagram
PDIP, SOIC, TSSOP... ....................... .......................2, 3
QFN ..........................................................................4, 5
Pinout Descriptions
PIC16F610/16HV610....................................................9
PIC16F616/16HV616..................................................10
PIR1 Regi ster......... ................... ............... ......................... ..20
PORTA................................................................................31
Additional Pin Functions .............................................32
ANSEL Register................................................. 32
Interrupt-on-Change........................................... 32
Weak Pull-Ups .................................................... 32
Associ a te d regist e r s............ ................... .................... 39
Pin Descriptions and Diagrams .................................. 34
RA0............................................................................. 34
RA1............................................................................. 34
RA2............................................................................. 35
RA3............................................................................. 36
RA4............................................................................. 37
RA5............................................................................. 38
Specifications ........................................................... 152
PORTA Register................................................................. 31
PORTC............................................................................... 40
Associ a te d registe rs..... ............... ................... ............ 42
P1A/P1B/P1C/P1D.See Enhanced Capture/
Compare/PWM (ECCP)...................................... 40
Specifications ........................................................... 152
PORTC Register................................................................. 40
Power-Down Mode (Sleep)............................................... 121
Power-on Reset (POR)..................................................... 109
Power-up Timer (PWRT).................................................. 109
Specifications ........................................................... 154
Precisio n In ternal Os cillator Pa rameters ..... ............... ...... 152
Prescaler
Shared WDT/Timer0..... ................... ............... ............ 44
Switching Prescaler Assignment................................ 44
Program Memory................................................................ 11
Map and Stack (PIC16F610/16HV610). ..................... 11
Map and Stack (PIC16F616/16HV616). ..................... 11
Programming, Device Instructions.................................... 125
PWM Mode. See Enh anced Captur e/Compare/ PWM. ....... 91
PWM1CON Registe r..... .......... ............... ............... ............ 103
R
Reader Response............................................................. 176
Read-Modify-Write Operations......................................... 125
Registers
ADCON0 (ADC Control 0)....... ...... ...... ........... .......... .. 76
ADCON1 (ADC Control 1)....... ...... ...... ........... .......... .. 77
ADRESH (ADC Result High) wi th ADFM = 0)...... ...... 78
ADRESH (ADC Result High) wi th ADFM = 1)...... ...... 78
ADRESL (ADC Result Low) with ADFM = 0).............. 78
ADRESL (ADC Result Low) with ADFM = 1).............. 78
ANSEL (Analog Select).............................................. 32
CCP1CON (Enhanced CCP1 Control) ....................... 83
CM1CON0 (C1 Contr o l) .............. ............... .............. .. 60
CM2CON0 (C2 Contr o l) .............. ............... .............. .. 61
CM2CON1 (C2 Contr o l) .............. ............... .............. .. 63
CONFIG (Configuration Word)................................. 107
Data Memory Map (PIC16F610/16HV610) .............. .. 13
Data Memory Map (PIC16F616/16HV616) .............. .. 13
ECCPAS (Enhanced CCP Auto-shutdown Control). 100
INTCON (Interrupt Control) ........ ................................ 18
IOCA (Interrupt-on-Change PORTA).......................... 33
OPTION_R EG (OPTION)................ ..................... 17, 45
OSCTUNE (Oscillator Tun i n g)..... ........... .............. ...... 29
PCON (Power Control Register)................................. 21
PCON (Power Control)............................................. 111
PIE1 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 1) .......................... 19
PIR1 (Peripheral Interrupt Register 1)........................ 20
PORTA....................................................................... 31
PORTC....................................................................... 40
PWM1CON (Enhanced PWM Control)..................... 103
Reset Value s...... ............................. ................... ...... 113
Reset Values (special registers)............................... 114
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 174 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
Special Function Registers.........................................12
Special Register Summary .........................................15
SRCON0 (SR Latch Control 0) ...................................67
SRCON1 (SR Latch Control 1) ...................................67
STATUS......................................................................16
T1CON........................................................................50
T2CON........................................................................54
TRISA (Tri-State PORTA)...........................................31
TRISC (Tri -State PORTC) ...... ............... .............. .......40
VRCON (Voltage Reference Control) .........................70
WPUA (Weak Pull Up PORTA)................ ............... ....33
Reset.................................................................................108
Revision History................................................................169
S
Shoot-through Current ......................................................102
Sleep
Power-Down Mode ...................................................121
Wake-up....................................................................121
Wake-up using Interrupts..........................................121
Softwa re Simulato r (MP L AB SIM)... ................... ...............136
Special Event Trigger..........................................................74
Special Function Registers .................................................12
SRCON0 Register...............................................................67
SRCON1 Register...............................................................67
STATUS Regi ster..... ................... ................... ................... ..16
T
T1CON Regis te r... .............. ............... ............... ...................50
T2CON Regis te r... .............. ............... ............... ...................54
Thermal Considerations....................................................148
Time-out Sequence..................... .. .... .... .. ......... .. .... .... .. .....111
Timer0.................................................................................43
Associ a te d Re g i sters.................... ..............................45
External Clock.............................................................44
Interrupt.......................................................................45
Operation ....................................................................43
Specifications............................................................155
T0CKI..........................................................................44
Timer1.................................................................................47
Associ a te d registe rs.......... ................... .......................51
Asynchronous Counter Mode .....................................48
Reading and Writing ............... ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..... ..48
Interrupt.......................................................................49
Modes of Operation ................................. .. .... .. .... .......47
Operation ....................................................................47
Operation During Sleep ..............................................49
Oscillator.....................................................................48
Prescaler.....................................................................48
Specifications............................................................155
Timer1 Gate
Inverting Gate .....................................................48
Selectin g So u rce..... .......... ......................... ...48, 63
SR Latch.............................................................66
Sync h ro n i z i n g C O U T w/Timer1 .... ...... ...... ..... .....6 3
TMR1H Register.........................................................47
TMR1L Register..........................................................47
Timer2
Associ a te d registe rs.......... ................... .......................54
Timers
Timer1
T1CON................................................................50
Timer2
T2CON................................................................54
Timing Diagrams
A/D Conversion......................... ............... ............... ..160
A/D Conversion (Sleep Mode).................................. 160
Brown-o ut Re set (BOR)............... .............. ............... 153
Brown-o u t Re set Situa tio n s.... ........... ................... .... 110
CLKOUT and I/O ...................................................... 152
Clock Timing............................................................. 150
Comparator Output..... .......... ................... ............... .... 55
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP)............. 156
Full-Bridge PWM Output............................................. 96
Half-Bridge PWM Output. ................................... 94, 102
INT Pin Interrupt.......................................................117
PWM Auto-shutdown
Auto-restart Enabled......................................... 101
Firmware Restart.............................................. 101
PWM Direction Change............................................ .. 97
PWM Direction Change at Near 100% Duty Cycle..... 98
PWM Output (Active-High)..... ........... ............... .......... 92
PWM Output (A ctive-Low)......... .............. ................... 93
Reset, WDT, OST and Power-up Timer................... 153
Time-out Sequence
Case 1.............................................................. 112
Case 2.............................................................. 112
Case 3.............................................................. 112
Timer0 and Timer1 External Clock........................... 155
Timer1 Incrementing Edge......................................... 49
Wake-up from Interrupt ............................................. 122
Timing Pa ramete r Symbolog y ...................................... .... 149
TRISA................................................................................. 31
TRISA Register................................................................... 31
TRISC................................................................................. 40
TRISC Regist e r.... ......................... ............... ................... .... 40
V
Voltage Reference (VR)
Specifications ........................................................... 157
Voltage Reference. See Comparator Voltage
Reference (CVREF)
Voltage References
Associ a te d registe rs .................. .................. ............... 65
VP6 Stabilization ........ ...... ...... ........... ...... ........... ........ 69
VREF. SEE ADC Reference Voltage
W
Wake-up Using Interrupts................................................. 121
Watchdog Timer (WDT)................................................ .... 119
Associ a te d registe rs .................. .................. ............. 120
Specifications ........................................................... 154
WPUA Regist e r............. .................. .............................. ...... 33
WWW Addres s .... ................... .................................. ........ 175
WWW, On-Line Support....................................................... 6
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 175
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
THE MICROCHIP WEB SITE
Microc hip pro vides onl ine s upport v ia our W WW site at
www.microc hi p.c om . Thi s web si te i s us ed as a m ean s
to make files and information easily available to
customers. Accessible by using your favorite Internet
browser, the web site contains the following
information:
Product Support – Data sheets and errata,
application notes and sample programs, design
resources, user’s guides and hardware support
docume nts , latest softw are releas es and archived
software
General Technical Support – Frequently Asked
Questions (FAQ), technical support requests,
online dis cu ss io n gr oups, Microchip consul t a n t
program member listing
Business of Microchip – Product selector and
ordering guides, latest Microchip press releases,
listing of seminars and even ts, listin gs of
Microchip sales offices, distributors and factory
representatives
CUSTOMER CHANGE NOTIFICATION
SERVICE
Microchip’s customer notification service helps keep
customers current on Microchip products. Subscribers
will receive e-mail notification whenever there are
changes, updates, revisions or errata related to a
specif ied produ ct family or develo pment tool of interes t.
To register, access the Microchip web site at
www.microchip.com, click on Customer Change
Notification and follow the registration instructions.
CUSTOMER SUPPORT
Users of Microchip products can receive assistance
through several channels:
Distributor or Representative
Local Sales Office
Field Application Engineer (FAE)
Technical Support
Development Systems Information Line
Customers should contact their distributor,
representative or field application engineer (FAE) for
support. Local sales offices are also available to help
customers. A listing of sales offices and locations is
included in the back of this document.
Technic al suppo rt is avail able throug h the web si te
at: http://support.microchip.com
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
DS41288C-page 176 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
READER RESPONSE
It is ou r intention to provi de you w it h th e b es t docume ntation possib le to ensure succ es sfu l u se of y ou r M ic roc hip pro d-
uct. If y ou w ish to p rov ide y our co mmen ts on org aniza tion, c larity, subje ct ma tter, and ways i n whic h our d ocum enta tion
can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at (480) 792-4150.
Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this document.
To: Technical Publications Manager
RE: Reader Response Total Pages Sent ________
From: Name
Company
Address
City / State / ZIP / Country
Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________
Application (optional):
Would you like a reply? Y N
Device: Literature Number:
Questions:
FAX: (______) _________ - _________
DS41288CPIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
1. What are the best features of this document?
2. How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs?
3. Do you find the organization of this document easy to follow? If not, why?
4. What additions to the document do you think would enhance the structure and subject?
5. What deletions from the document could be made without affecting the overall usefulness?
6. Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)?
7. How would you improve this document?
© 2007 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41288C-page 177
PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office.
PART NO. X/XX XXX
PatternPackageTemperature
Range
Device
Device: PIC16F6 10/ 616/16H V610 /61 6, P IC16F61 0/6 16/ 16H V610/
616T(1)
Temperature
Range: I= -40°C to +85°C (Industrial)
E= -40°C to +125°C (Extended)
Package: ML = Quad Flat No Leads (QFN)
P = Plastic DIP
SL = 14-lead Small Outline (3.90 mm)
ST = Thin Shrink Small Outline (4.4 mm)
Pattern: QTP, SQTP or ROM Code; Special Requirements
(blank oth erwi se )
Examples:
a) PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616-E/P 301 =
Extended Temp., PDIP package, 20 MHz, QTP
pattern #301
b) PIC16F610/616/16HV610/616-I/SL = Industrial
Temp., SOIC package, 20 MHz
Note 1: T = in tape and reel T SSOP and SO IC
packages only.
DS41288C-page 178 Preliminary © 2007 Microchip Technology Inc.
AMERICAS
Corporate Office
2355 West Chandler Blvd.
Chandler, AZ 85224-6199
Tel: 480-792-7200
Fax: 480-792-7277
Technica l Support:
http://support.microchip.com
Web Address:
www.microchip.com
Atlanta
Duluth, GA
Tel: 678-957-9614
Fax: 678-957-1455
Boston
Westborough, MA
Tel: 774-760-0087
Fax: 774-760-0088
Chicago
Itasc a , IL
Tel: 630-285-0071
Fax: 630-285-0075
Dallas
Addison, TX
Tel: 972-818-7423
Fax: 972-818-2924
Detroit
Farmington Hills, MI
Tel: 248-538-2250
Fax: 248-538-2260
Kokomo
Kokomo, IN
Tel: 765-864-8360
Fax: 765-864-8387
Los A n ge les
Mission Viejo, CA
Tel: 949-462-9523
Fax: 949-462-9608
Santa Clara
Santa Clara, CA
Tel: 408-961-6444
Fax: 408-961-6445
Toronto
Mississauga, Ontario,
Canada
Tel: 905-673-0699
Fax: 905-673-6509
ASIA/PACIFIC
Asia Pacific Office
Suites 3707-14, 37th Floor
Tower 6, The Gateway
Habour City, Kowloon
Hong Kong
Tel: 852-2401-1200
Fax: 852-2401-3431
Australia - Sydney
Tel: 61-2-9868-67 33
Fax: 61-2-9868-6755
China - Beijing
Tel: 86-10-8528-2 100
Fax: 86-10-8528-2104
China - Chengdu
Tel: 86-28-8665-5 511
Fax: 86-28-8665-7889
China - Fuzhou
Tel: 86-591-8750-3506
Fax: 86-591-8750-3521
China - Hong Kong SAR
Tel: 852-2401-1200
Fax: 852-2401-3431
China - Qingdao
Tel: 86-532-8502-7355
Fax: 86-532-8502-7205
China - Shanghai
Tel: 86-21-5407-5 533
Fax: 86-21-5407-5066
China - Shenyang
Tel: 86-24-2334-2 829
Fax: 86-24-2334-2393
China - Shenzhen
Tel: 86-755-8203-2660
Fax: 86-755-8203-1760
China - Shunde
Tel: 86-757-2839-5507
Fax: 86-757-2839-5571
China - Wuhan
Tel: 86-27-5980-5 300
Fax: 86-27-5980-5118
China - Xian
Tel: 86-29-8833-7 250
Fax: 86-29-8833-7256
ASIA/PACIFIC
India - Bangalore
Tel: 91-80-4182-8400
Fax: 91-80-4182-8422
India - New Delhi
Tel: 91-11-4160-8631
Fax: 91-11-4160-8632
India - Pune
Tel: 91-20-2566-1512
Fax: 91-20-2566-1513
Japan - Yokohama
Tel: 81-45-471- 6166
Fax: 81-45-471-6122
Korea - Gumi
Tel: 82-54-473-4301
Fax: 82-54-473-4302
Korea - Seoul
Tel: 82-2-554-7200
Fax: 82-2-558-5932 or
82-2-558-5934
Malaysia - Penang
Tel: 60-4-646-8870
Fax: 60-4-646-5086
Philippines - Manila
Tel: 63-2-634-9065
Fax: 63-2-634-9069
Singapore
Tel: 65-6334-8870
Fax: 65-6334-8850
Taiwan - Hsin Chu
Tel: 886-3-572-9526
Fax: 886-3-572-6459
Taiwan - Kaohsi ung
Tel: 886-7-536-4818
Fax: 886-7-536-4803
Taiwan - Taipei
Tel: 886-2-2500-6610
Fax: 886-2-2508-0102
Thail a nd - Bangkok
Tel: 66-2-694-1351
Fax: 66-2-694-1350
EUROPE
Austria - Wels
Tel: 43-7242-2244-39
Fax: 43-7242-2244-393
Denmark - Copenhage n
Tel: 45-4450-2828
Fax: 45-4485-2829
France - Paris
Tel: 33-1-69-53 -63-20
Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79
Germany - Munich
Tel: 49-89-627-144-0
Fax: 49-89-627-14 4-44
Italy - Milan
Tel: 39-0331-742611
Fax: 39-0331-466781
Netherlands - Drunen
Tel: 31-416-690399
Fax: 31-416-690340
Sp ain - Madrid
Tel: 34-91-708-08-90
Fax: 34-91-708-08 -91
UK - Wokingham
Tel: 44-118-921-5869
Fax: 44-118-921-5820
WORLDWIDE SALES AND SERVICE
12/08/06